Document:

Severance Plan

 Exhibit 10.1 
 CARIBOU COFFEE COMPANY, INC. 
 SEVERANCE PLAN 

Effective December 16, 2012 

 Table of Contents 

Page 
  

							
	 SECTION 1
	 	 GENERAL INFORMATION
	  	 	1	  
	 1.1
	 	Adoption and Purpose of Plan	  	 	1	  
	 1.2
	 	Status of Plan	  	 	1	  
	 1.3
	 	Effective Date	  	 	1	  
	 1.4
	 	Plan Year	  	 	1	  
			
	 SECTION 2
	 	 DEFINITIONS
	  	 	1	  
	 2.1
	 	“Base Pay”	  	 	1	  
	 2.2
	 	“Cause”	  	 	1	  
	 2.3
	 	“Change in Control”	  	 	1	  
	 2.4
	 	“Company”	  	 	3	  
	 2.5
	 	“Company-Determined Last Day of Work” or “Last Day of Work”	  	 	3	  
	 2.6
	 	“Employee”	  	 	3	  
	 2.7
	 	“Eligibility Conditions”	  	 	3	  
	 2.8
	 	“ERISA”	  	 	3	  
	 2.9
	 	“Good Reason”	  	 	3	  
	 2.10
	 	“Participant”	  	 	4	  
	 2.11
	 	“Plan”	  	 	4	  
	 2.12
	 	“Plan Administrator”	  	 	4	  
	 2.13
	 	“Reduction in Force”	  	 	4	  
	 2.14
	 	“Section 409A”	  	 	5	  
	 2.15
	 	“Senior Executives”	  	 	5	  
	 2.16
	 	“Separation Pay”	  	 	5	  
	 2.17
	 	“Separation Pay Period”	  	 	5	  
	 2.18
	 	“Stock”	  	 	5	  
	 2.19
	 	“Termination of Employment”	  	 	5	  
	 2.20
	 	“Year of Service”	  	 	5	  
			
	 SECTION 3
	 	 BENEFITS UNDER THE PLAN
	  	 	5	  
	 3.1
	 	Types of Benefits	  	 	5	  
	 3.2
	 	Eligibility Conditions	  	 	5	  
	 3.3
	 	Amount of Separation Pay	  	 	6	  
	 3.4
	 	Change in Control Separation Pay	  	 	7	  
	 3.5
	 	Payment of Benefits	  	 	7	  
	 3.6
	 	Outplacement Assistance Benefits	  	 	8	  
	 3.7
	 	Continued Eligibility for Benefit Programs	  	 	8	  
			
	 SECTION 4
	 	 PLAN AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
	  	 	9	  
	 4.1
	 	Amendments	  	 	9	  
	 4.2
	 	Termination	  	 	9	  
			
	 SECTION 5
	 	 PLAN ADMINISTRATION
	  	 	9	  
	 5.1
	 	Plan Administrator	  	 	9	  

  
 i 

 Table of Contents 

(continued) 

Page 
  

							
			
	 SECTION 6
	 	 INDEMNIFICATION OF ADMINISTRATOR
	  	 	9	  
			
	SECTION 7	 	 CIRCUMSTANCES THAT CAN RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION, FORFEITURE, REDUCTION OR SUSPENSION OF SEVERANCE AND OTHER BENEFITS
	  	 	10	  
			
	SECTION 8	 	 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
	  	 	10	  
	 8.1
	 	Limitation of Rights	  	 	10	  
	 8.2
	 	Employment Not Guaranteed	  	 	10	  
	 8.3
	 	Plan Year	  	 	10	  
	 8.4
	 	Governing Law	  	 	10	  
	 8.5
	 	Funding	  	 	10	  
	 8.6
	 	No Vested Rights	  	 	11	  
	 8.7
	 	Section 409A	  	 	11	  
	 8.8
	 	Successor and Assigns	  	 	12	  
			
	SECTION 9	 	 MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS
	  	 	12	  
	 9.1
	 	Information Required	  	 	12	  
	 9.2
	 	No Guaranty of Employment	  	 	12	  
	 9.3
	 	Exclusive Plan	  	 	12	  
	 9.4
	 	Sole Source for Payment of Benefits	  	 	12	  
	 9.5
	 	Non-Alienation	  	 	12	  
	 9.6
	 	No Vesting	  	 	13	  
	 9.7
	 	Withholding from Payments	  	 	13	  
	 9.8
	 	Governing Law	  	 	13	  
			
	SECTION 10	 	 CLAIMS PROCEDURE
	  	 	13	  
	 10.1
	 	Claim for Benefits	  	 	13	  
	 10.2
	 	Appeals	  	 	13	  

  
 ii 

 SECTION 1 
 GENERAL INFORMATION 
 1.1 Adoption and Purpose of Plan. This
Plan sets forth the Caribou Coffee Company, Inc. Severance Plan. The purpose of this Plan is to provide severance benefits to Eligible Employees who are terminated from employment with Caribou Coffee Company, Inc. (referred to as the
“Company”). The Plan supersedes any prior Company policies, practices and plans relating to the payment of severance benefits. 
 1.2 Status of Plan. The Plan and this document are intended to comply with all applicable state and federal laws regarding severance pay plans, specifically Title I of ERISA. The Plan is intended
to be a “welfare benefit plan,” as defined in ERISA, and not a “pension benefit plan.” 
 1.3 Effective
Date. The Plan is effective December 16, 2012. 
 1.4 Plan Year. For recordkeeping and reporting purposes, the
Plan Year is the twelve-month period ending each December 31. There shall be a short Plan Year beginning on December 16, 2012. 
 SECTION 2 
 DEFINITIONS 

2.1 “Base Pay” means a salaried Employee’s annual base salary divided by fifty-two (52) in effect immediately
preceding the Employee’s Termination of Employment with the Company. For an hourly Employee, Base Pay means the Employee’s hourly pay multiplied by the number of hours during the week that the Employee is regularly scheduled to work. Only
compensation which is considered to be base pay pursuant to the Company’s payroll practices is considered. All other compensation is excluded from Base Pay, such as bonuses, overtime pay and shift differentials, contributions to any retirement
or other employee benefit plans, commissions, profit sharing or incentive payments of any kind, expense or other reimbursements, and contingent compensation of any kind. However, Base Pay is not reduced by amounts the Employee elects to contribute
from Base Pay on a pre-tax basis to a section 401(k) plan or health plan, or to a health care reimbursement account, dependent care reimbursement account or for qualified transportation benefits. 

2.2 “Cause” means any of the following: 
  

	 	.01	gross negligence or willful misconduct, 

  

	 	.02	refusal to carry out job duties or a resignation, in each case other than for Good Reason; or 

 

	 	.03	conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to a felony. 

 2.3 “Change in Control” means that any of the following events has occurred with respect to the Company, and the effective date of the Change Of Control Event shall be as of the first day
that any one or more of the following events shall have been fully and unconditionally effected: 

	 	.01	The acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of 50% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of Stock, or (ii) the combined voting power of
the outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the following transactions shall not constitute a Change of Control Event:
(A) any acquisition of such Stock or voting power directly from the Company through a public offering of shares of Stock of the Company, (B) any acquisition of such Stock or voting power by the Company, (C) any acquisition of such
Stock or voting power by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, (D) any acquisition of such Stock or voting power by any Person who, prior to such
acquisition, had Beneficial Ownership of 50% or more of (i) the then outstanding shares of Stock, or (ii) the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of
Directors, or (E) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection .03 below; 

 

	 	.02	A majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of
the members of the Board prior to the date of appointment or election; 

  

	 	.03	 The consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation (“Business Combination”) unless, following such Business Combination,
(i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners, respectively, of the outstanding shares of Stock of the Company and the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately before such Business
Combination Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of Stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
Directors, as the case may be, of the Company resulting from or surviving such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company either directly or through one or more
subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately before such Business Combination of the outstanding shares of Stock and the outstanding voting securities of the Company, as the case may be; (ii) no Person
(excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from or surviving such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or

  
 2 

	 	
indirectly, 50% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from or surviving such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the
then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed as to the Company before the Business Combination; and (iii) at least a simple majority of the members of the board of directors of the
corporation resulting from or surviving such Business Combination were members of the Company’s Board of Directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Company’s Board of Directors, providing for
such Business Combination; 

  

	 	.04	The acquisition by any one person or more than one person acting as a group (or the acquisition during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most
recent acquisition by such person or persons) of assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s total assets; or 

 

	 	.05	The acquisition by one person or more than one person acting as a group (or the acquisition during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most
recent acquisition by such person or persons) of ownership of Stock of the Company equal to thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the Stock. 

2.4 “Company” means Caribou Coffee Company, Inc. 

2.5 “Company-Determined Last Day of Work” or “Last Day of Work” means any release date from work as
determined by the Company in the Company’s sole discretion. The Company reserves the right to re-determine a Company-Determined Last Day of Work. 
 2.6 “Employee” means any individual paid on the Company’s regular payroll of the who is classified as a full-time employee. No individual classified by the Company as a temporary
employee, part-time employee, leased employee, consultant or independent contractor or who is employed pursuant to an employment contract is an Employee. 
 2.7 “Eligibility Conditions” means the conditions on eligibility for Separation Pay set forth in Section 3.2 below. 

2.8 “ERISA” means the federal law that governs Employee benefits, called the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.

 2.9 “Good Reason” means any of the following: 

 

	 	.01	a material diminution in a Senior Executive’s authority, duties, titles, or responsibilities, held by the Senior Executive immediately prior to the Change in
Control or any assignment to the Senior Executive of duties or responsibilities that are materially inconsistent with the Senior Executive’s status, offices and titles as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control; or

  
 3 

	 	.02	(i) any change of the Senior Executive’s principal place of employment to a location more than thirty (30) miles from the Senior Executive’s place of
employment immediately prior to the Change in Control. 

 In order to resign for Good Reason the (i) Senior
Executive must provide notice to the Company of the existence of the condition described above within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of any such condition, (ii) Company shall have thirty (30) days following receipt of the
notice during which the Company may remedy the condition and not be required to make payment to the Senior Executive in accordance with Section 3.4, (iii) Senior Executive must resign within ninety (90) days after the cure period
ends; and (iv) resignation process must be completed within one (1) year after the Change in Control. In any event, the Senior Executive’s resignation for Good Reason shall not be effective earlier than 90 days following the end of
the cure period provided for in clause (ii) of the prior sentence. 
 A Senior Executive’s right to resign for Good
Reason shall remain in effect for the one-year period following a Change in Control. Consequently, a Senior Executive’s decision to remain employed following a change constituting Good Reason shall not impair the Senior Executive’s right
to resign for Good Reason for any other change constituting Good Reason within the one-year period following a Change in Control. 
 2.10 “Participant” means an Employee who is eligible to receive separation benefits under the terms and conditions of the Plan, due to the Employee’s incurring a Termination of
Employment because of a Reduction in Force or in accordance with Section 3.4. 
 2.11 “Plan” means the
Caribou Coffee Company, Inc. Severance Plan set forth in this document, as amended from time to time. 
 2.12 “Plan
Administrator” means the Company or such other person, entity or committee, as may be appointed from time to time by the Directors (or a committee thereof) to administer the Plan. 

2.13 “Reduction in Force” means the elimination by the Company of one or more employment positions for an indefinite
period of time which the Company classifies as a Reduction in Force for purposes of the Plan. 
 Reduction in Force does not
include Termination of Employment for any other cause, including but not limited to, misconduct, inadequate job performance, absenteeism or tardiness, failure to comply with Company policies or rules, resignation (regardless of the Employee’s
reason), retirement, death, or failure to return to work after a leave of absence. Moreover, an Employee who resigns or provokes his or her Termination of Employment in anticipation of a Reduction in Force will not be considered as having terminated
due to a Reduction in Force. The Company will determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, whether or not an Employee has a Termination of Employment due to a Reduction in Force. 

  
 4 

 2.14 “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended. 
 2.15 “Senior Executives” means an individual who is an Employee on the date of a Change of
Control who is either a Director, Director of Operations, Sr. Director(s), Vice President or higher through Senior Vice President. 
 2.16 “Separation Pay” means the continuation of a Participant’s Base Pay during the Separation Pay Period in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan. 

2.17 “Separation Pay Period” means the period with respect to which Separation pay is paid to a Participant under
Section 3.3 or Section 3.4 of the Plan. 
 2.18 “Stock” means the common stock, par value $.01 per
share of the Company. 
 2.19 “Termination of Employment” means a separation from service as defined in
Section 409A. 
 2.20 “Year of Service” means each full year of an Employee’s continuous employment
with the Company, measured from the Employee’s most recent date of hire and each anniversary of such date during a continuous employment period which ends due to a Reduction in Force. A partial Year of Service shall be disregarded. 

SECTION 3 

BENEFITS UNDER THE PLAN 
 3.1 Types of Benefits. An Employee whose employment with the Company is terminated due to a Reduction in Force, and who meets all applicable eligibility conditions set forth in Section 3.2
below, will be entitled to the following separation benefits: 
  

	 	.01	Separation Pay as determined under Section 3.3 below; 

  

	 	.02	Outplacement assistance as (and to the extent) determined under Section 3.5 below; 

3.2 Eligibility Conditions. Separation benefits will be provided under this Plan only to an Employee who (a) incurs a
Termination of Employment with the Company (b) executes any release that the Company may require as described below and (c) continues employment with the Company through the Employee’s Company Determined Last Day of Employment.

  
 5 

 Except as set forth in Section 3.4, separation benefits will not be provided to a
terminated Employee who has refused an offer of employment with similar responsibilities and pay in another division, department, office or unit of the Company. 
 A Participant (including, but not limited to, a Senior Executive) will not be entitled to commence or continue receiving separation benefits under the Plan unless he or she: 

 

	 	.01	signs and complies with a separation agreement satisfactory to the Company. The separation agreement may include, without limitation: (a) comprehensive release of
claims against the Company and its agents, Employees, advisors and other representatives, and (b) such other provisions as the Company may require; 

  

	 	.02	executes and returns the release of claims within the time designated by the Company and does not revoke or attempt to revoke the release; 

 

	 	.03	returns all Company property within his/her possession or control within one (1) business day following Termination of Employment, including, but not limited to,
files, records, keys, credit cards, building access card, computer equipment, pagers and cell phones, and fax and answering machines. 

 3.3 Amount of Separation Pay. The Participant’s Separation Pay shall equal the Participant’s Base Pay continued for the Separation Pay Period determined under the applicable clause below,
unless the Separation Pay period is terminated earlier for a reason described in Section 3.5. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive Separation Pay under more than one clause specified below with respect to any Termination of
Employment: 
  

	 	.01	Job Grades 1-5. The Separation Pay of a Participant in Job Grades 1-5 immediately preceding Termination of Employment will be one (1) Week of Base Pay for
each completed Year of Service, up to a maximum benefit of twelve (12) Weeks of Base Pay. The minimum benefit shall equal three (3) Weeks of Base Pay. 

 

	 	.02	Job Grades 6-8. The Separation Pay of a Participant in Job Grades 6-8 immediately preceding Termination of Employment will be two (2) Weeks of Base Pay for
each completed Year of Service, up to a maximum of twelve (12) Weeks of Base Pay. The minimum benefit shall equal three (3) Weeks of Base Pay. 

  

	 	.03	Director and Senior Directors. The Separation Pay of a Director or a Senior Director immediately preceding Termination of Employment will be three (3) Weeks
of Base Pay for each completed Year of Service, up to a maximum of twelve (12) Weeks of Base Pay. The minimum benefit shall equal three (3) Weeks of Base Pay. 

  
 6 

	 	.04	Vice Presidents and Above. The Separation Pay of a Participant at the Vice President level and above immediately preceding Termination of Employment will be four
(4) Weeks of Base Pay for each completed Year of Service, up to a maximum of fifty-two (52) Weeks of Base Pay. The minimum benefit shall equal twenty-six (26) Weeks of Base Pay. 

Separation Pay is not payable to an individual who is employed by the Company pursuant to an employment contract. 

3.4 Change in Control Separation Pay. During the twelve (12) month period following a Change in Control, a Participant,
described below, who incurs an involuntary Termination of Employment other than for Cause or a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason shall receive Separation Pay in the following amounts: 

 

	 	.01	Directors. The Separation Pay of a Participant who is a Director immediately preceding Termination of Employment will be twelve (12) Weeks of Base Pay.

  

	 	.02	Directors of Operations and Senior Directors. The Separation Pay of a Participant who is a Director of Operations or a Senior Director immediately preceding
Termination of Employment will be twenty-six (26) Weeks of Base Pay. 

  

	 	.03	Vice President through Senior Vice President. The Separation Pay of a Participant who is a Vice President or a Senior Vice President immediately preceding
Termination of Employment will be fifty-two (52) Weeks of Base Pay. 

 Separation Pay is not payable to an
individual who is employed by the Company pursuant to an employment contract. 
 3.5 Payment of Benefits. Separation Pay
shall be due and payable at the rate of the Participant’s Base Pay on each of the Participant’s regular paydays during the Separation Pay Period commencing within the ninety (90) day period following the Participant’s Termination
of Employment provided the release agreement required under Section 3.2.02 has become irrevocable. If this period begins in one taxable year and ends in a second taxable year, the payment will commence in the second taxable year in accordance
with Section 409A. 
 If a Participant has a direct deposit authorization on file with the Company, such authorization will apply to all or
a portion of the Participant’s Separation Pay, as specified in the direct deposit authorization. To the extent not directly deposited, checks for Separation Pay will be mailed to a Participant’s most recent address of which the Plan
Administrator has received notice in writing from the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan Administrator receives written notice that the Participant is mentally incompetent, the Company may pay the balance of the
Participant’s Separation Pay to the Participant’s duly appointed legal representative. Separation Pay shall be discontinued as of the earliest occurrence of the following events: 

  
 7 

	 	.01	Full Payment of Benefits: The Separation Pay above has been fully paid; 

 

	 	.02	Reemployment by the Company: The first day of reemployment by the Company, regardless of the nature, responsibilities, pay or location of the employment;

  

	 	.03	Breach or Other Misconduct: The first date of any breach or other failure if the Participant breaches the terms of his or her separation letter or release
agreement, including a non-compete or agreement not to solicit customers, or otherwise materially fails to satisfy any obligations of the Participant to the Company, or if the Company becomes aware of the Participant’s misconduct that may
affect the Company’s finances or business reputation in any degree, whether the misconduct occurs prior to or following the Participant’s Termination of Employment with the Company. 

3.6 Outplacement Assistance Benefits. Participants in Job Grades 1-5 will be eligible for two months of outplacement
assistance up to a cost of $2,000 to be paid by the Company. Participants in Job Grades 6-8 will be eligible for three months of outplacement assistance up to a cost of $3,500 to be paid by the Company.  

3.7 Continued Eligibility for Benefit Programs. Except as specifically provided below, or in a benefit program document, or as
specifically required by law, a Participant will cease participation in the Company’s benefit programs when he or she terminates employment with the Company. However, a Participant will be eligible for continued participation in the
Company’s benefit programs only as follows: 
  

	 	.01	Medical/Dental/Vision/Life Plan: Medical/Dental/Vision/Life insurance coverage will terminate on the last day of employment. However, the Participant may elect
to continue coverage for himself or herself, and his/her eligible dependents, by electing and paying the premium for continuation coverage under the federal law, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”), or applicable
state law. 

  

	 	.02	Paid Time Off: A Participant eligible for paid time off will receive payment for his or her unused paid time off balance through the final day worked. Paid time
off will not accrue during the Separation Pay Period. 

  

	 	.03	401(k) Plan: The Participant’s active participation in the 401(k) plan will end on the date the Participant terminates employment. 

 

	 	.04	Insurance and Other Benefit Plans: All other benefits will terminate on the last day of the Participant’s employment. 

  
 8 

 SECTION 4 
 PLAN AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 
 4.1 Amendments. The Company
may amend the Plan in any manner at any time and from time to time. 
 4.2 Termination. The Company reserves the right to
terminate the Plan at any time. 
 SECTION 5 
 PLAN ADMINISTRATION 
 5.1 Plan Administrator. The Plan
Administrator is a “named fiduciary” for purposes of ERISA, with authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, and shall be the agent for service of process against the Plan. The Plan Administrator has full
power to administer the Plan in all matters, subject to applicable requirements of law. For this purpose, the Plan Administrator’s power includes, but is not limited to, the following authority in addition to all other powers provided by the
Plan: 
  

	 	.01	To make and enforce such rules and regulations as the Plan Administrator deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

  

	 	.02	To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants and other persons to participate in the administration as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate;

  

	 	.03	To allocate and delegate the responsibilities of the Plan Administrator and to designate other persons to carryout any of the Plan Administrator’s
responsibilities; and 

  

	 	.04	To sue or be sued on behalf of the Plan and to appoint additional agents for service of process. 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Plan Administrator will have the exclusive responsibility and discretion to decide all
matters relating to eligibility, coverage or benefits under the Plan and to interpret all provisions of the Plan and to determine all matters relating to the operation and administration of the Plan. Any determination by the Plan Administrator will
be final and binding, in the absence of clear and convincing evidence that the Plan Administrator acted arbitrarily and capriciously. 
 SECTION 6 
 INDEMNIFICATION OF ADMINISTRATOR 

The Company agrees to indemnify and to defend to the fullest extent permitted by law any employee of the Company serving as the
Administrator or as a member of a committee designated as Administrator, and any employee assisting the Administrator in connection with his or her duties ( including any employee or former employee of the Company who formerly served as
Administrator, as a member of such committee, or who assisted the Administrator), against all liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Company) occasioned by any
act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, if such act or omission was undertaken in good faith. 

  
 9 

 SECTION 7 
 CIRCUMSTANCES THAT CAN RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION, FORFEITURE, 

REDUCTION OR SUSPENSION OF SEVERANCE AND OTHER BENEFITS 

7.1 Any severance benefits provided by the Company under the Plan shall be reduced dollar-for-dollar by any type of income replacement
benefits due to disability or on the job injury, and by any severance, separation, or other termination pay benefit that the Company is required to pay to a Participant or former Participant under any federal or state law. 

7.2 The amount of money the Participant owes the Company, if any, and appropriate federal, state, local, and other required taxes will be
withheld from all severance benefit payments, as well as any other legally required deductions or withholdings. 
 7.3 Severance
payments will not be made if a layoff is due to fire, flood, explosion, bombing, earthquake or other disaster causing damage to the facilities or when strikes, work stoppages or civil disturbances prevent continued operations. 

7.4 Severance payments will not be made if a layoff is deemed to be temporary and of limited duration. During such periods, Employees are
encouraged to take any available vacation to which they may be entitled. 
 SECTION 8 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 
 8.1 Limitation of Rights. Neither the establishment of the Plan nor any amendment thereof will be construed as giving any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the
Administrator or the Company, and in no event will the terms of employment or service of any Participant be modified or in any way affected hereby. 
 8.2 Employment Not Guaranteed. Nothing contained in the Plan nor any action taken thereunder shall be construed as a contract of employment or as giving any Employee any right to be retained in the
employ of the Company. 
 8.3 Plan Year. The plan year shall be the calendar year. 

8.4 Governing Law. To the extent not preempted by ERISA or any other federal statues or regulations, this Plan shall be governed
by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Minnesota. 
 8.5 Funding. Benefits are paid from the
Company’s general assets. 

  
 10 

 8.6 No Vested Rights. No vested rights of any nature are provided under the Plan.

 8.7 Section 409A. It is intended that the provisions of this Plan comply (to the extent applicable) with
Section 409A and all provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes and penalties under Section 409A (such taxes and penalties “Section 409A Tax”). The
right to any installment payments available under the Plan is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. 
  

	 	.01	If, at the time of the Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A) (i) the Participant shall be a specified employee
(within the meaning of Section 409A), and (ii) the Company shall make a good faith determination that an amount payable or benefits provided hereunder constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) the payment
of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A; then the Company shall not pay such amount on the otherwise-scheduled payment date,
but shall instead accumulate such amount and pay it on the first business day after such six-month period. Scheduled payments shall then resume in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Payments not subject to Section 409A, for example, that
meet the short-term deferral exception, or the severance pay exception shall not be subject to delay. 

  

	 	.02	If any payment or benefit to be provided under this Plan is delayed as provided in subsection (a) above (a “Delayed Payment”), then interest at the
default rate on such Delayed Payment for the period beginning on the date such Delayed Payment would otherwise have been provided in the absence of subsection (a) and ending on the date of receipt of such Delayed Payment shall also be paid by
the Company to the Participant at the time of payment. The default rate shall be the Applicable Federal Rate in effect from time to time, compounded annually. 

 

	 	.03	In the event that the Company determines that any provision of this Plan does not comply with Section 409A and that the Participant may become subject to a
Section 409A Tax, the Participant shall cooperate with the Company to execute any amendment to the provisions hereof that are reasonably necessary to avoid the imposition of such Section 409A Tax, but only to the minimum extent necessary
to avoid the application of such Section 409A Tax and only to the extent that the Participant would not, as a result, suffer (i) any reduction in the total present value of the amounts otherwise payable to the Participant, or the benefits
otherwise to be provided to the Participant, by the Company, or (ii) any material increase in the risk of the Participant not receiving such amounts or benefits. 

  
 11 

	 	.04	Except as specifically permitted by Section 409A, the benefits and reimbursements provided to Participant during any calendar year shall not affect the benefits
and reimbursements to be provided to the Participant in any other calendar year, any such reimbursements shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable expense was incurred and the
right to such benefits and reimbursements shall not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit. 

 8.8
Successor and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and the Participant and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors
and assigns. If the Company shall be merged into or consolidated with another entity, the provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the entity surviving such merger or resulting from such consolidation. The Company
will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations
under this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The provisions of this Section 8.8 shall continue to apply to each subsequent employer of the
Participant hereunder in the event of any subsequent merger, consolidation or transfer of assets of such subsequent employer. 

SECTION 9 

MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS 
 9.1 Information Required. Each Participant shall notify the Plan Administrator of any change in his or her address. 
 9.2 No Guaranty of Employment. This Plan is not a contract of employment between the Company and any Employee, nor shall it be a consideration or inducement for the employment of any Employee. The
Company has the right to terminate or change the terms of employment of any Employee, Employee or Participant at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or notice. 

9.3 Exclusive Plan. The Plan exclusively governs any claims for any type of severance benefits as a result of Termination of
Employment due to a Reduction in Force. 
 9.4 Sole Source for Payment of Benefits. All benefits provided under the Plan
shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. 
 9.5 Non-Alienation. No benefit payable under the Plan
shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment or encumbrance of any kind, and any attempt to alienate, self, transfer, assign, pledge, attach or encumber any such benefit under the Plan shall be void
and of no force and effect whatsoever. 

  
 12 

 9.6 No Vesting. No person shall have any vested or non-forfeitable right at any time
to any payment of any other benefit provided under the Plan. 
 9.7 Withholding from Payments. The Company shall withhold
from payments under the Plan any federal, state or local income taxes and other employment or payroll taxes as it deems appropriate. The Company may also withhold from income any health insurance premiums or other amounts the Participant owes to the
Company. 
 9.8 Governing Law. The Plan and the rights of all persons under the Plan shall be construed in accordance
with the laws of Minnesota, except to the extent federal laws pre-empt such laws. 
 SECTION 10 

CLAIMS PROCEDURE 
 10.1 Claim for Benefits. Employees do not need to file a claim for benefits under the Plan. If an individual believes that he or she is eligible for severance benefits even though no such benefits
have been offered, or if an Employee or Participant believes that his or her benefits have been calculated incorrectly or terminated prematurely or that the Plan has been otherwise violated, the aggrieved individual may file a claim with the Plan
Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall advise the claimant either that the claim is allowed, or that the claim is denied, or that he claimant needs to submit additional information. If the claim is denied, the Plan Administrator shall furnish
the claimant written notice of such denial within a reasonable time after receipt of the claim, and such notice shall include: 
  

	 	.01	the reason for denial; 

  

	 	.02	specific references to provisions on which the denial, is based; and 

  

	 	.03	information as to how to submit the claim for review. 

 If no notice of denial is furnished within 90 days after receipt of the claim by the Plan Administrator, the claim shall be deemed denied. 

10.2 Appeals. If a claim filed under Section 10.1 is denied (or deemed denied), the claimant may file a request for review
with the Plan Administrator. The claimant shall be entitled to examine pertinent documents, to submit issues and comments in writing and to request a hearing before the Plan Administrator. The appeal of any claim must be submitted in writing within
60 days after (a) the date that the claim was deemed denied or (b) the receipt of notice of denial by the claimant; whichever is applicable. The Plan Administrator shall send the claimant a written decision regarding the appeal. Normally,
the decision will be made within 60 days after the appeal is filed, but if the Plan Administrator determines that additional time is reasonably necessary, up to 60 additional days may be taken to resolve the appeal. The decision of the Plan
Administrator on such review shall be final. 

  
 13Fifth Supplemental Indenture

 Exhibit 4.1 

 
  

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC. 
 AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 7 7/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018 

 
  

FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 Dated as of December 14, 2012 
 To the Indenture dated as of
September 21, 2010 
 As amended by First Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 21, 2010 

As supplemented by Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 23, 2010 

 
  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. 
 Trustee 
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE 1 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	  
		
	 Section    1.01.     Provisions of the Indenture
	  	 	1	  
		
	 ARTICLE 2 AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE INDENTURE;
	  	 	2	  
		
	 ARTICLE 4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
	  	 	2	  
		
	 Section    3.01.     Governing Law
	  	 	2	  
	 Section    3.02.     No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	2	  
	 Section    3.03.     Successors
	  	 	2	  
	 Section    3.04.     Severability
	  	 	2	  
	 Section    3.05.     Counterparts
	  	 	2	  
	 Section    3.06.     Table of Contents, Headings, etc
	  	 	3	  
	 Section    3.07.     Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	3	  
	 Section    3.08.     Trustee Disclaimer
	  	 	3	  

  
 ii 

 FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (the “Fifth Supplemental Indenture”) dated as
of December 14, 2012, among METROPCS WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”), to the
Indenture dated as of September 21, 2010 by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee (the “Base Indenture”). 
 RECITALS 
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed the Base Indenture,
the First Supplemental Indenture thereto (the “First Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of September 21, 2010, among the Company the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, and the Third Supplemental Indenture thereto (the
“Third Supplemental Indenture”; the Base Indenture, as amended and restated by the First Supplemental Indenture in respect of the Notes (as defined below) and the Third Supplemental Indenture thereto, the “Existing
Indenture”), dated as of December 23, 2010, among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee; the First Supplemental Indenture provides for the issuance of the Company’s 7 7/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (the
“Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, Section 9.02 of the First Supplemental Indenture provides, with exceptions not here
applicable, that “the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Supplemental Indenture ... with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes ...
voting as a single class...”; 
 WHEREAS, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes have
consented to the execution and delivery of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture and the execution and delivery of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture is permitted by Section 9.02 of the Indenture; and 

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Fifth Supplemental Indenture and the Restated Indenture (as defined below) legal, valid and
binding legal obligations of the Company and the Guarantors according to their terms have been done. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the
Company and the Guarantors covenant and agree with the Trustee as follows: 
 ARTICLE 1 

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01. Provisions of the Indenture. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings set forth in the Existing Indenture or the Restated Indenture, as the
context may require. All references to the “Indenture” after the date hereof shall refer to the Restated Indenture. 

  
 1 

 ARTICLE 2 
 AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE EXISTING INDENTURE 
 The Existing
Indenture, including the exhibits attached thereto, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to be in the form of the First Supplemental Indenture, including the exhibits attached thereto, attached as Exhibit A hereto (the Existing Indenture,
including the exhibits attached thereto, as so amended and restated, the “Restated Indenture”). The Existing Indenture, as amended and restated by this Fifth Supplemental Indenture and the Restated Indenture, is in all respects
ratified and confirmed, and the Existing Indenture, the Restated Indenture and this Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and considered as one and the same instrument for all purposes. 

ARTICLE 3 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 
 Section 3.01. Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

Section 3.02. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Fifth Supplemental Indenture may not be used to interpret
any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Fifth Supplemental Indenture. 

Section 3.03. Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture will bind its successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 of the
Indenture. 
 Section 3.04. Severability. In case any provision in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture is invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 3.05. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. 

  
 2 

 Section 3.06. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents and
Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the
terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 3.07. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 

Section 3.08. Trustee Disclaimer. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the validity or sufficiency of this Fifth
Supplemental Indenture or for the recitals contained herein. 
 [the remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

  
 3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fifth Supplemental Indenture to be
duly executed, as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Roger D. Linquist
		 	Name: Roger D. Linquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	METROPCS AWS, LLC
	METROPCS CALIFORNIA, LLC
	METROPCS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
	METROPCS FLORIDA, LLC
	METROPCS GEORGIA, LLC
	METROPCS, INC.
	METROPCS MASSACHUSETTS, LLC
	METROPCS MICHIGAN, INC.
	METROPCS NEVADA, LLC
	METROPCS NEW YORK, LLC
	METROPCS PENNSYLVANIA, LLC
	METROPCS TEXAS, LLC
	METROPCS 700 MHZ, LLC
	METROPCS NETWORKS, LLC
	METROPCS NETWORKS CALIFORNIA, LLC
	METROPCS NETWORKS FLORIDA, LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Roger D. Linquist
		 	Name: Roger D. Linquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer

 [Fifth Supplemental Indenture] 

  

			
		 	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lynn M. Steiner

		 	 Name: Lynn M. Steiner

		 	 Title: Vice President

 [Fifth Supplemental Indenture] 

 Exhibit A 
 Restated Indenture 
 Attached. 

 Exhibit A 

 
  

 
 METROPCS
WIRELESS, INC. 
 AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 7 7/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018 
  

 
 FIRST
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 Dated as of September 21, 2010 

As supplemented by 
 THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 Dated as of December 23, 2010 

As amended and restated by 
 FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 Dated as of December 14, 2012 

 
  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. 
 Trustee 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 b
	  	7.10
	 c
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	 b
	  	7.11
	 c
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	 b
	  	12.03
	 c
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	 c
	  	7.05; 7.06; 12.02
	 d
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03; 12.04; 12.05
	 b
	  	N.A.
	 (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	 (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 d
	  	N.A.
	 e
	  	12.05
	 f
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	 b
	  	7.05; 12.02
	 c
	  	7.01
	 d
	  	7.01
	 e
	  	6.11
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 b
	  	6.07
	 c
	  	N.A.
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	 b
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	 b
	  	N.A.
	 c
	  	12.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Supplemental Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	Article I. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	 	1	  
	 Section    1.01
	 	Definitions.	  	 	1	  
	 Section    1.02
	 	Other Definitions.	  	 	35	  
	 Section    1.03
	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.	  	 	35	  
	 Section    1.04
	 	Rules of Construction.	  	 	36	  
		
	Article II. THE NOTES	  	 	37	  
	 Section    2.01
	 	Form and Dating.	  	 	37	  
	 Section    2.02
	 	Execution and Authentication.	  	 	37	  
	 Section    2.03
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent.	  	 	38	  
	 Section    2.04
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.	  	 	39	  
	 Section    2.05
	 	Holder Lists.	  	 	39	  
	 Section    2.06
	 	Transfer and Exchange.	  	 	39	  
	 Section    2.07
	 	Replacement Notes.	  	 	43	  
	 Section    2.08
	 	Outstanding Notes.	  	 	44	  
	 Section    2.09
	 	Treasury Notes.	  	 	44	  
	 Section    2.10
	 	Temporary Notes.	  	 	44	  
	 Section    2.11
	 	Cancellation.	  	 	45	  
	 Section    2.12
	 	Defaulted Interest.	  	 	45	  
		
	Article III. REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  	 	45	  
	 Section    3.01
	 	Notices to Trustee.	  	 	45	  
	 Section    3.02
	 	Selection of Notes to be Redeemed or Purchased.	  	 	46	  
	 Section    3.03
	 	Notice of Redemption.	  	 	46	  
	 Section    3.04
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption.	  	 	47	  
	 Section    3.05
	 	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.	  	 	47	  
	 Section    3.06
	 	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.	  	 	47	  
	 Section    3.07
	 	Optional Redemption.	  	 	48	  
	 Section    3.08
	 	Mandatory Redemption.	  	 	49	  
	 Section    3.09
	 	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.	  	 	49	  
		
	Article IV. COVENANTS	  	 	51	  
	 Section    4.01
	 	Payment of Notes.	  	 	51	  
	 Section    4.02
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency.	  	 	51	  
	 Section    4.03
	 	Reports.	  	 	52	  
	 Section    4.04
	 	Compliance Certificate.	  	 	53	  
	 Section    4.05
	 	Taxes.	  	 	53	  
	 Section    4.06
	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.	  	 	54	  
	 Section    4.07
	 	Restricted Payments.	  	 	54	  
	 Section    4.08
	 	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.	  	 	59	  
	 Section    4.09
	 	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.	  	 	61	  
	 Section    4.10    
	 	Asset Sales.	  	 	68	  

  
 i 

							
	 Section    4.11
	 	Transactions with Affiliates.	  	 	69	  
	 Section    4.12
	 	Liens.	  	 	72	  
	 Section    4.13
	 	Business Activities.	  	 	72	  
	 Section    4.14
	 	Corporate Existence.	  	 	72	  
	 Section    4.15
	 	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control Triggering Event.	  	 	73	  
	 Section    4.16
	 	Payments for Consent.	  	 	75	  
	 Section    4.17
	 	Additional Note Guarantees.	  	 	75	  
	 Section    4.18
	 	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.	  	 	76	  
	 Section    4.19
	 	Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade	  	 	77	  
		
	 Article V. SUCCESSORS
	  	 	77	  
	 Section    5.01
	 	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.	  	 	77	  
	 Section    5.02
	 	Successor Corporation Substituted.	  	 	78	  
		
	 Article VI. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	79	  
	 Section    6.01
	 	Events of Default.	  	 	79	  
	 Section    6.02
	 	Acceleration.	  	 	81	  
	 Section    6.03
	 	Other Remedies.	  	 	81	  
	 Section    6.04
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults.	  	 	82	  
	 Section    6.05
	 	Control by Majority.	  	 	82	  
	 Section    6.06
	 	Limitation on Suits.	  	 	82	  
	 Section    6.07
	 	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.	  	 	83	  
	 Section    6.08
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee.	  	 	83	  
	 Section    6.09
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	  	 	83	  
	 Section    6.10
	 	Priorities.	  	 	84	  
	 Section    6.11
	 	Undertaking for Costs.	  	 	84	  
		
	 Article VII. TRUSTEE
	  	 	85	  
	 Section    7.01
	 	Duties of Trustee.	  	 	85	  
	 Section    7.02
	 	Rights of Trustee.	  	 	86	  
	 Section    7.03
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee.	  	 	87	  
	 Section    7.04
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer.	  	 	87	  
	 Section    7.05
	 	Notice of Defaults.	  	 	87	  
	 Section    7.06
	 	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.	  	 	88	  
	 Section    7.07
	 	Compensation and Indemnity.	  	 	88	  
	 Section    7.08
	 	Replacement of Trustee.	  	 	89	  
	 Section    7.09
	 	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	90	  
	 Section    7.10
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification.	  	 	90	  
	 Section    7.11
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.	  	 	90	  
	 Section    7.12
	 	Force Majeure.	  	 	90	  
		
	 Article VIII. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	91	  
	 Section    8.01
	 	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	91	  
	 Section    8.02
	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge.	  	 	91	  
	 Section    8.03
	 	Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	91	  
	 Section    8.04    
	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	92	  

  
 ii 

							
	 Section    8.05
	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.	  	 	93	  
	 Section    8.06
	 	Repayment to Company.	  	 	94	  
	 Section    8.07
	 	Reinstatement.	  	 	94	  
		
	 Article IX. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	95	  
	 Section    9.01
	 	Without Consent of Holders of Notes.	  	 	95	  
	 Section    9.02
	 	With Consent of Holders of Notes.	  	 	96	  
	 Section    9.03      
	 	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.	  	 	97	  
	 Section    9.04
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents.	  	 	97	  
	 Section    9.05
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	  	 	98	  
	 Section    9.06
	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	98	  
		
	 Article X. NOTE GUARANTEES
	  	 	98	  
	 Section    10.01
	 	Guarantee.	  	 	98	  
	 Section    10.02
	 	Limitation on Guarantor Liability.	  	 	99	  
	 Section    10.03
	 	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.	  	 	100	  
	 Section    10.04
	 	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.	  	 	100	  
	 Section    10.05
	 	Releases.	  	 	101	  
		
	 Article XI. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	 	102	  
	 Section    11.01
	 	Satisfaction and Discharge.	  	 	102	  
	 Section    11.02
	 	Application of Trust Money.	  	 	103	  
		
	 Article XII. MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	104	  
	 Section    12.01
	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls.	  	 	104	  
	 Section    12.02
	 	Notices.	  	 	104	  
	 Section    12.03
	 	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.	  	 	105	  
	 Section    12.04
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	  	 	105	  
	 Section    12.05
	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.	  	 	105	  
	 Section    12.06
	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents.	  	 	106	  
	 Section    12.07
	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.	  	 	106	  
	 Section    12.08
	 	Governing Law.	  	 	106	  
	 Section    12.09
	 	Waiver of Jury Trial.	  	 	106	  
	 Section    12.10
	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	  	 	106	  
	 Section    12.11
	 	Successors.	  	 	107	  
	 Section    12.12
	 	Severability.	  	 	107	  
	 Section    12.13
	 	Counterpart Originals.	  	 	107	  
	 Section    12.14
	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	107	  
	 Section    12.15
	 	U.S.A. Patriot Act.	  	 	107	  
	 Section    12.16
	 	Beneficiaries of this Supplemental Indenture.	  	 	107	  

  
 iii

 EXHIBITS 
  

					
			
	 Exhibit A
	 	FORM OF NOTE	 	
			
	 Exhibit B
	 	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE	 	
			
	 Exhibit C
	 	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE	 	

  
 iv 

 FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of September 21, 2010, among MetroPCS Wireless,
Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors (as hereinafter defined) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. 
 WHEREAS, the
Company has heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of September 21, 2010 (the “Base Indenture”), among the Company (as hereinafter defined), the Guarantors and the Trustee (as hereinafter defined), providing
for the issuance from time to time of one or more series of the Company’s securities; and 
 WHEREAS, the Company has duly
authorized the issuance of 7 7/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (as they may be issued from time to time under this Supplemental Indenture, including any notes, the “Notes”), and in connection therewith, the Company has duly determined to
make, execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to set forth the terms and provisions of the Notes as contemplated by the Base Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture restates in their entirety the terms of the Base Indenture as supplemented by
the Supplemental Indenture and does not incorporate the terms of the Base Indenture. The changes, modifications and supplements to the Base Indenture affected by this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable only with respect to, and shall only
govern the terms of, the Notes, except as otherwise provided herein, and shall not apply to any other securities that may be issued under the Base Indenture unless a supplemental indenture with respect to such other securities specifically
incorporates such changes, modifications and supplements. 
 NOW THEREFORE, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as
follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as hereinafter defined) of the Notes: 
 ARTICLE I. 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.01    Definitions. 
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
 The term “Acquired Debt” does not include Indebtedness of a Person that is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of, or immediately upon, consummation of the transactions
by which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or acquires such asset, as the case may be. 

  
 1 

 “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes)
issued under this Supplemental Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means (1) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified
Person or (2) Royal Street or any Person that is a Permitted Joint Venture Investment. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by”
and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying
Agent. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

 (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or 

(2) the excess of: (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at
September 1, 2014 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(c) hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through September 1, 2014, (excluding accrued but unpaid
interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of the Note, if greater. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global
Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Acquisition” means: 
 (1) an Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be merged into or consolidated with
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but only if (x) such Person’s primary business constitutes a Permitted Business and (y) the financial condition and results of operations of such Person are not already consolidated
with those of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such Investment, or 
 (2) an
acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any Person, other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, that constitute all or substantially all of a division, operating unit or line
of business of such Person but only (x) if the property and assets so acquired constitute a Permitted Business and (y) the financial condition and results of operations of such Person are not already consolidated with those of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such acquisition. 

  
 2 

 “Asset Disposition” means the sale or other disposition by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of (1) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Restricted Subsidiary or any
Person that is a Permitted Joint Venture Investment or (2) all or substantially all of the assets that constitute a division, operating unit or line of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and/or Section 5.01 hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and 

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding,
none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale: 
 (1) any single transaction or series of
related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $25.0 million (or, if the Merger has been consummated, less than $100.0 million); 

(2) a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of assets or Equity Interests between or among the Company and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) the sale, lease, sub-lease, conveyance or
other disposition of (a) assets, products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business, (b) equipment or other assets pursuant to a program for the maintenance or upgrading of such equipment or assets, or
(c) any sale, conveyance or other disposition of damaged, worn-out, uneconomic or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business; 
 (5) the sale, conveyance or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 
 (6) a surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business or a grant of a Lien not prohibited by this
Supplemental Indenture; 
 (7) a Restricted Payment that does not violate the provisions of Section 4.07
hereof; 

  
 3 

 (8) arms-length sales, leases or sub-leases (as lessor or sublessor), sale
and leasebacks, assignments, conveyances, transfers or other dispositions of assets or rights to Royal Street in accordance with the applicable Royal Street Agreements or to a Person that is a Permitted Joint Venture Investment; 

(9) licenses and sales of intellectual property or other general intangibles (other than FCC Licenses) in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (10) a Permitted Investment; 

(11) if the Merger has been consummated, dispositions of assets to the ISIS Joint Venture; 

(12) if the Merger has been consummated, one or more sales, conveyances, leases, subleases, licenses, contributions, or
other dispositions, assignments or transfers made as part of, or in connection with, the Towers Transaction; or 

(13) if the Merger has been consummated, the settlement or early termination of any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction.

 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange
Act, except that (a) in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all
securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time and (b) after the consummation of the
Merger, in the case of a “group” pursuant to Rule 13d-5(b)(1) of the Exchange Act which group includes one or more Permitted Holders (or one or more Permitted Holders is deemed to share Beneficial Ownership with one or more other persons
of any shares of Capital Stock), (i) such “group” shall be deemed not to have Beneficial Ownership of any shares held by such Permitted Holder and (ii) any person (other than such Permitted Holder) that is a member of such group
(or sharing such Beneficial Ownership) shall be deemed not to have Beneficial Ownership of any shares held by such Permitted Holder (or in which any such Person shares beneficial ownership). The terms “Beneficially Owns” and
“Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to
act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner
of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any
controlling committee of managing members thereof; and 

  
 4 

 (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person
serving a similar function. 
 “Business Combination Agreement” means that certain Business Combination
Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2012, as amended from time to time, by and among Deutsche Telekom AG, T-Mobile Global Zwischenholding GmbH, T-Mobile Global Holding GmbH, T-Mobile and MetroPCS Communications, Inc. 

“Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday in the City of New York or in any place of
payment with respect to the Notes on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be
capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by
the lessee without payment of a penalty. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests, respectively; and 
 (4) any
other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into
Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock. 
 “Cash
Equivalents” means: 
 (1) United States dollars; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition; 

(3) demand deposits, certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the
date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating
of “B” or better; 

  
 5 

 (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 

(5) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from a Rating Agency at the date of acquisition and,
in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 
 (6) securities issued and fully
guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, or by any political subdivision or agency or instrumentality thereof, rated at least “A” by a Rating Agency at the date of acquisition and having maturities of not
more than two years after the date of acquisition; 
 (7) auction rate securities rated at least “AA-”
or “Aa3” by a Rating Agency at the time of purchase and with reset dates of one year or less from the time of purchase; 
 (8) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in money market funds, mutual funds or investment programs registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, at least 90% of the portfolios of which constitute investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition; 

(9) in the case of any Person that is operating outside the United States or anticipates operating outside the United
States within the next 12 months, any substantially similar investment to the kinds described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition rated at least “P-2” by Moody’s or “A-2” by S&P or the equivalent
thereof; and 
 (10) deposits or payments made to the FCC in connection with the auction or licensing of
Governmental Authorizations that are fully refundable. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of
the following: 
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than
by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used
in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than (x) prior to the consummation of the Merger, a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal and (y) from and after the consummation of the Merger, any such disposition to a Restricted
Subsidiary or a Permitted Holder; 
 (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the
Company; 
 (3) the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or consolidation), the result of which
is that (x) prior to the consummation of the Merger, any “person” (as defined above), other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting
Stock of the 

  
 6 

 
Company (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets or its equity), or (y) from and after the consummation of the Merger, any
“person” (as defined above), other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Parent (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially
all of its assets or its equity), in each case measured by voting power rather than number of shares; 
 (4)
during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or other equivalent governing body of the Company or Parent cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that Board of Directors or
equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that Board of Directors or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of
such election or nomination at least a majority of that Board of Directors or equivalent governing body, (iii) whose election or nomination to that Board of Directors or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in
clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that Board of Directors or equivalent governing body, or (iv) in the case of the Company, whose election or nomination to that
Board of Directors or equivalent governing body was approved by Parent; or 
 (5) solely after the consummation
of the Merger, the Company ceases to be a direct or indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Parent; 
 provided,
that the Transactions and other transactions pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement (including the changes to the Beneficial Ownership of the Voting Stock of Parent contemplated therein) shall not be a Change of Control. 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control (x) that is accompanied or
followed by a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between rating categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the Notes within the Ratings Decline Period by at least two out of the three
Rating Agencies and (y) the rating of the Notes on any day during such Ratings Decline Period is below the rating by each such Rating Agency in effect immediately preceding the first public announcement of the Change of Control (or occurrence
thereof if such Change of Control occurs prior to public announcement), provided that in making the relevant decision(s) referred to above to downgrade or withdraw such ratings, as applicable, the relevant Rating Agency announces publicly or
confirms in writing during such Ratings Decline Period that such decision(s) resulted, in whole or in part, from the occurrence (or expected occurrence) of such Change of Control or the announcement of the intention to effect such Change of Control;
provided, further that no Change of Control Triggering Event shall be deemed to occur if at the time of the applicable downgrade the rating of the Notes by at least two out of the three Rating Agencies is Investment Grade. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 
 “Closing Date” means the date on which the Merger occurs. 

  
 7 

 “Company” means (i) prior to the consummation of the Merger, MetroPCS
Wireless, Inc. and (ii) from and after the consummation of the Merger, T-Mobile, and in each case, any and all successors thereto. 
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

 (1) for a period prior to the consummation of the Merger, an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any
net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the
extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (3) the
Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Consolidated Interest Expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(4) depreciation, amortization (including, for any period prior to the consummation of the Merger, amortization of
intangibles, and for any period from and after the consummation of the Merger, non-cash impairment charges and any write-off or write-down or amortization of intangibles, but excluding, for any period prior to the consummation of the Merger,
amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period, and for any period from and after the consummation of the Merger, amortization of ordinary course prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash
expenses or charges (excluding, for any period prior to the consummation of the Merger, any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of any prepaid cash
expense that was paid in a prior period, and for any period from and after the consummation of the Merger, any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an ordinary course accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or
amortization of any ordinary course prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses or charges were
deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (5) (A) for any period prior to the consummation
of the Merger, any after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring (to include customary fees and expenses related to the incurrence of Indebtedness or the issuance of any Capital Stock) or unusual gains or losses, or income or expenses or charges, provided
that with respect to each item of gain, loss, income, expense or charge, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying and quantifying such loss, expense or charge and stating that such item of gain, loss,
income, expense or charge is after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual, and (B) for any period from and after the consummation of the Merger, any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses or 

  
 8 

 
income, expenses or charges (including all fees and expenses relating thereto), including (a) any fees, expenses and costs relating to the Towers Transaction, (b) any fees, expenses or
charges related to any sale or offering of Equity Interests of such Person or Parent, any acquisition or disposition or any Indebtedness, in each case that is permitted to be incurred hereunder (in each case, whether or not successful), or the
offering, amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including the offering, any amendment or other modification of the notes, provided that Consolidated Cash Flow shall not be deemed to be increased by more than $250.0 million in any
twelve-month period pursuant to this clause (b), (c) any premium, penalty or fee paid in relation to any repayment, prepayment or repurchase of Indebtedness, (d) any fees or expenses relating to the Transactions and the offering, issuance
and sale (in each case, whether or not successful) of the “DT Notes” and the “Permitted MetroPCS Notes” as such terms are defined in the Business Combination Agreement, and (e) restructuring charges, integration costs
(including retention, relocation and contract termination costs) and related costs and charges, provided such costs and charges under this clause (e) shall not exceed $300.0 million in any twelve-month period, plus for the first four years
after the Closing Date, up to an additional $300.0 million in any twelve-month period related to the Transactions); plus 
 (6) for any period from and after the consummation of the Merger, New Market Losses, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $300.0 million in any twelve-month period; minus 

(7) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the
ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Notwithstanding
the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor will be added to Consolidated
Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental
approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that
Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 
 For the avoidance of doubt, if Consolidated Cash Flow is determined at any time
after the consummation of the Merger, with respect to any period prior to the Merger, the Company shall be deemed to be MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., and calculations of “Consolidated Cash Flow” of the Company for any period prior to the
Closing Date for purposes of calculating the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio shall be on a pro forma basis as described in the last paragraph of the definition of “Debt to Cash Flow Ratio”. 

“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the sum, without
duplication, of (i) the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (ii) the total amount of Indebtedness of any other 

  
 9 

 
Person, to the extent that such Indebtedness has been Guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (iii) the aggregate liquidation value of all
Disqualified Stock of such Person and all Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of such Person, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of without duplication 

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued
(including amortization of debt issuance costs or original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations,
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations); plus 

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such
period; plus 
 (3) any interest expense on that portion of Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by
such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon); plus 

(4) the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal; 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; excluding, however, for any period from and after the consummation of
the Merger, any amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person if the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (2) of the definition
thereof (but only in the same proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any lease
or other liability is reclassified as indebtedness or as a Capital Lease Obligation due to a change in accounting principles or the application thereof after the date of this Supplemental Indenture, the interest component of all payments associated
with such lease or other liability shall be excluded from Consolidated Interest Expense. 
 “Consolidated Net
Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided
that: 
 (1) the positive Net Income of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for
by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; 

  
 10 

 (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor will
be excluded (but, for any period from and after the consummation of the Merger, will be so excluded solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause 3(A) of the second paragraph of Section 4.07(a))
to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained)
or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 

(3) for any period prior to the consummation of the Merger, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles,
and for any period from and after the consummation of the Merger, the effect of a change in accounting principles or in the application thereof (including any change to IFRS and any cumulative effect adjustment), in each case, will be excluded;

 (4) unrealized losses and gains attributable to Hedging Obligations, including those resulting from the
application of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 815, will be excluded; and 
 (5) any non-cash compensation charge or expense realized from grants of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock option or other rights to officers, directors and employees will be excluded.

 “Contribution Indebtedness” means, Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any one time
outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge such Indebtedness, not to exceed 150% of the aggregate amount of all Net Equity Proceeds. 

“Convertible Debt” means Debt of the Company (which may be Guaranteed by the Guarantors) permitted to be incurred
hereunder that is either (a) convertible or exchangeable into common stock of Parent (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such common stock) or (b) sold as units with
call options, warrants or rights to purchase (or substantially equivalent derivative transactions) that are exercisable for common stock of Parent and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such common stock). 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means, solely for purposes of presenting Notes, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. located
at 45 Broadway, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10006, and, for all other purposes, the office of the Trustee at which any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which at the date hereof is located at Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
Corporate Trust Services, MAC N9311-110, 625 Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, Attention: MetroPCS Account Manager, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the
principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company). 

  
 11 

 “Credit Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement dated as of March 17, 2011, as modified by the Incremental Commitment Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2011, by and among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent,
and the several banks and other financial institutions signatory thereto, providing for revolving credit and term loan borrowings and letters of credit, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements
executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional
investors) in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities
(including the Credit Agreement), capital leases, purchase money financings or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to
special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), capital leases, purchase money debt, debt securities or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon
or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including, in each case, by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time. 

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 “Debt to Cash Flow Ratio” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the ratio of
(a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of such Person as of such date to (b) the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements
are available. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above: 

(1) pro forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions (including the Merger and including
giving pro forma effect to any related financing transactions and the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) that occur during such four-quarter period or subsequent to such four quarter period but on or prior to the date on which the
Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is to be calculated as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the first day of such four-quarter period; 
 (2) pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to any related financing transactions and the application of proceeds of any asset
disposition) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or has been merged with or into the Company (including MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.) or any Restricted Subsidiary during such four-quarter period or
subsequent to such four quarter period but on or prior to the date on which the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is to be calculated and that would have constituted 

  
 12 

 
Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary, as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions were Asset Dispositions
or Asset Acquisitions that occurred on the first day of such four-quarter period; 
 (3) to the extent that the
pro forma effect of any transaction is to be made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above, such pro forma effect shall be determined in good faith on a reasonable basis by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the specified Person,
as if the subject transaction(s) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to clause (3) of the proviso set forth in the
definition of Consolidated Net Income; 
 (4) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations,
as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of (without duplication of clauses (1) and (2) above) prior to the date on which the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is to be calculated, shall be excluded; 

(5) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the date on which the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is to be calculated will
be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; and 
 (6) any
Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the date on which the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is to be calculated will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period. 

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is determined at any time after the consummation of the Merger, for any period
commencing prior to the date that is four fiscal quarters after the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs, the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred
on the first day of the four quarter reference period. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the
passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a
certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Designated Entity”
means (i) Iowa Wireless Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or (ii) any Designated Tower Entity. 

“Designated Tower Entity” means any entity established solely or primarily for the limited purpose of holding wireless
communications sites, towers, and related contracts, equipment, improvements, real estate, and other assets, and performing other activities incidental thereto or in connection with the Towers Transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, T-Mobile USA
Tower LLC and T-Mobile West Tower LLC are each Designated Tower Entities. 

  
 13 

 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Global Notes, the Person specified
in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Supplemental Indenture.

 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which
it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature; provided that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms,
requires such Person to satisfy in full its obligations with respect to the payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption (pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repurchase thereof or otherwise by the delivery of Capital Stock, and that is
not convertible, puttable or exchangeable for cash, Disqualified Stock or Indebtedness, will not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock, so long as such Person satisfies its obligations with respect thereto solely by the delivery of Capital Stock.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change
of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption
complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become
obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary. 
 “DT” means Deutsche Telekom AG, an Aktiengesellschaft organized and existing under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding
any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear
Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended. 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries
(other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and the Notes) in existence on the date of this Supplemental Indenture, until such amounts are repaid and (b) only if the Merger is consummated, (1) the “DT Notes”, the
“Permitted MetroPCS Notes” and the “TMUS Working Capital Facility” as such terms are defined in the Business Combination Agreement and in each case actually issued, and (2) all other Indebtedness of T-Mobile and its
Subsidiaries in existence 

  
 14 

 
on the Closing Date that was not incurred in violation of the terms of the Business Combination Agreement as in effect as of the Restatement Date, in each case until such amounts are repaid
(provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of the Transactions, including any Indebtedness in the form of “DT Notes” and “Permitted MetroPCS Notes” (other than Indebtedness under the
“TMUS Working Capital Facility” as such term is defined in the Business Combination Agreement), in each case permitted by this clause (b), shall not exceed $20.5 billion). 

“Fair Market Value” means (x) prior to the consummation of the Merger, the value that would be paid by a willing
buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith, in the case of amounts under $10.0 million, by a financial officer of the Company, in the case of amounts over
$10.0 million but equal to or less than $50.0 million, by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture) and, in the case of amounts over $50.0 million, by the Board of Directors of Parent, evidenced
by an officers’ certificate or resolution of such Board of Directors, as applicable, and (y) upon and after the consummation of the Merger, the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction
not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or a senior officer of the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. 

“FCC” means the United States Federal Communications Commission and any successor agency that is responsible for
regulating the United States telecommunications industry. 
 “FCC Licenses” means all licenses or permits now
or hereafter issued by the FCC. 
 “Fitch” means Fitch Inc., a Subsidiary of Fimalac, S.A. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United
States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia, or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof. 

“GAAP” means (i) on or at any time prior to the Closing Date, generally accepted accounting principles set forth in
the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other
entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time, and (ii) at any time after the Closing Date, generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Closing Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP (or, if the Merger has been consummated, parts of the Accounting Standards
Codification or “ASC”) shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided further, that any
calculation or determination in this Supplemental Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined
in accordance with GAAP. The Company shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes. 

  
 15 

 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)
hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Global
Notes” means the Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of
Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b) or 2.06(d) hereof. 
 “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and
credit. 
 “Governmental Authorization” means any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent,
permission, consent order or consent decree of or from any governmental authority. 
 “Guarantee” means a
guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement
conditions or otherwise). 
 “Guarantors” means each of: 

(1) Parent; 
 (2) at any time prior to consummation of the Merger, each of the following: 
 (a) HoldCo; 
 (b) the Company’s direct and indirect Restricted
Subsidiaries existing on the date of this Supplemental Indenture; 
 (c) any other Subsidiary of Parent that
executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture either (a) as required pursuant to Section 4.17 hereof or (b) because Parent, in its sole discretion, causes such Subsidiary to do so; and

 (d) their respective successors and assigns; 

(3) at any time after the consummation of the Merger, each of the Guarantors on the Closing Date and each of the
following, to the extent formed or acquired upon consummation and as a result of the Merger or after the Closing Date: 
 (a) the Company’s direct and indirect Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Designated Tower Entities and Immaterial Subsidiaries) that are Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries; 

  
 16 

 (b) the Company’s direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries that
guarantee any Specified Issuer Indebtedness; 
 (c) any Subsidiary of Parent formed on or after the Closing Date
that directly or indirectly owns Equity Interests of the Company; 
 (d) any other Subsidiary of Parent that
executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture either (a) as required pursuant to Section 4.17 hereof or (b) because Company, in its sole discretion, causes such Subsidiary to do so; and

 (e) their respective successors and assigns, 
 in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: 

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements
and interest rate collar agreements; 
 (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or
interest rate risk; and 
 (3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices, 
 and any guarantee in respect thereof. 

“HoldCo” means MetroPCS, Inc. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“IFRS” means the international accounting standards promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board and its
predecessors, as adopted by the European Union, as in effect from time to time. 
 “Immaterial Subsidiary”
means any Subsidiary of the Company that at any time has less than $100.0 million in Total Assets; provided, that the aggregate Total Assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries shall not at any time exceed $300.0 million. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, without duplication, 

(a) any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent: 

(1) in respect of borrowed money; 

  
 17 

 (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations; 
 (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or 

(6) representing any Hedging Obligations; and 
 (b) if the Merger is consummated, any financial liabilities recorded in respect of the upfront proceeds received in connection with the Towers Transaction, 

in each case, if and only to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as
a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such
Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the reclassification of any
lease or other liability as indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles (or, if the Merger is consummated, in the application thereof) after the date of this Supplemental Indenture be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for any
purpose under this Supplemental Indenture. The amount of any Indebtedness shall be determined in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
 “Initial Notes” means the first $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture on the date hereof. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons
(including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees), advances (excluding commission, travel, entertainment, drawing accounts and similar advances to directors, officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business and
excluding the purchase of assets, equipment, property or accounts receivables created or acquired in the ordinary course of business) or capital contributions, and purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests
or other securities. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or
disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such
Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a

  
 18 

 
Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the
Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof as of the date the acquisition of the acquired Person is consummated. Except as otherwise provided in
this Supplemental Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. 
 “Investment Grade” means 
 (1) with respect to
Moody’s (or any successor company acquiring all or substantially all of its assets), a rating of Baa3 (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Moody’s) or better; 

(2) with respect to S&P (or any successor company acquiring all or substantially all of its assets), a rating of BBB-
(or its equivalent under any successor rating category of S&P) or better; 
 (3) with respect to Fitch (or
any successor company acquiring all or substantially all of its assets), a rating of BBB- (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Fitch) or better; and 

(4) if any Rating Agency ceases to exist or ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Company,
the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency.

 “ISIS Joint Venture” means Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of JVL Ventures, LLC dated October 1,
2010, as amended. 
 “Legal Holiday” means any day that is not a Business Day. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any
kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof. 

“Merger” means the merger of the Company with and into T-Mobile with T-Mobile as the surviving Person, pursuant to the
Business Combination Agreement. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

“Net Equity Proceeds” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company (i) if determined prior to consummation
of the Merger, since November 3, 2006, and (ii) if determined on or after the consummation of the Merger, since the Closing Date, in each case as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of
the Company (other than Disqualified Stock). 

  
 19 

 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income
(loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock accretion or dividends, excluding, however: 
 (1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or loss), realized in connection with: 

    (X) for any period prior to the consummation of the Merger: 

(a) any Asset Sale; 
 (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (c) the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
     (Y) for any period from and after the consummation of the Merger: 
 (a) dispositions of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business); or 
 (b) the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
 (2) any extraordinary gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (or loss). 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received upon the sale or
other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale, but excluding any items deemed to be cash pursuant to Section 4.10(2)(A) hereof), net of all costs relating to such Asset Sale, including (a) legal, accounting and
investment banking fees, finder’s fees, sales commissions, employee severance costs, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, (b) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking
into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (c) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or
assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, (d) in the case of proceeds received after the consummation of the Merger, all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a
result of such Asset Sale and (e) any amounts to be set aside in any reserve established in accordance with GAAP or any amount placed in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets or for
liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries until such time as such reserve is reversed or such escrow arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the
amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount returned to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such escrow arrangement, as the case may be. 

  
 20 

 “New Market Losses” means, for any period, to the extent such losses were
deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income during the applicable period, an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss (without duplication) realized by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in connection
with construction, launch and operations in any New Market for such period, so long as such net losses are incurred on or prior to the fourth anniversary after the initial commencement of commercial operations in the applicable New Market.

 “New Markets” means the collective reference to any wireless telephone markets other than the metropolitan
areas of Las Vegas, Nevada; Los Angeles, San Francisco and Sacramento, California; Detroit, Michigan; Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas; Tampa/Sarasota, Orlando, Miami and Jacksonville, Florida; Atlanta, Georgia; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; New York, New
York; Boston, Massachusetts; and Hartford, Connecticut. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), subject to customary “bad-boy” exceptions, (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

 (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to
take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or
cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 
 (3) as to
which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this
Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Supplemental
Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single series for all purposes under this Supplemental Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and
any Additional Notes. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements, cash collateral obligations, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the
Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of such Person. 

  
 21 

 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the
Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof.

 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that
meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 
 “Parent” means MetroPCS Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect
to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
 “Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction” means any call or
capped call option (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) on Parent’s common stock purchased by the Company in connection with the issuance of any Convertible Debt; provided that the purchase price for such Permitted Bond Hedge
Transaction, does not exceed the net cash proceeds received by the Company from the sale of such Convertible Debt issued in connection with the Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction. 

“Permitted Business” means those businesses in which the Company and its Subsidiaries were engaged on the Reference
Date, or any business similar, related, incidental or ancillary thereto or that constitutes a reasonable extension or expansion thereof, or any business reasonably related to the telecommunications industry, and the acquisition, holding or
exploitation of any license relating to the delivery of those services. 
 “Permitted Holder” means (i) DT
and (ii) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of DT. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company or in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment: 
  

	 	(a)	such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 

  

	 	(b)	such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

  
 22 

 (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration
from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; 
 (5) any
acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Equity Interests of Parent; 

(6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were
incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or
(B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates; 
 (7) Investments
represented by Hedging Obligations; 
 (8) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $8.0 million (or, if the Merger has been consummated, $50.0 million) at any one time outstanding; 

(9) any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redemption, defeasement or other acquisition or retirement for value
of (i) the Notes, (ii) any of the Company’s 9 1/4% Senior Notes due 2014 issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated November 3, 2006, among the Company, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A., f.k.a. The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee; (iii) any of the Company’s 9 1/4% Senior Notes due 2014 issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated January 20, 2009, among the Company, the guarantors
named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee or (iv) any other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes; 
 (10) advances and prepayments for asset purchases in the ordinary course of business in a Permitted Business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(11) Investments existing on the Reference Date including, if the Merger has been consummated, Investments held by
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., T-Mobile and their Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Merger; 
 (12) the acquisition
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of Royal Street; 
 (13) Investments in
Royal Street represented by the Royal Street Loan or Investments required or contemplated by the Royal Street Agreements in the geographic markets where Royal Street holds FCC Licenses or lease spectrum as of the date of this Supplemental Indenture;

  
 23 

 (14)(a) Permitted Joint Venture Investments, and (b) other Investments
in any Person other than an Affiliate of the Company (excluding any Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely by reason of Parent’s ownership, directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests, or, if the Merger has been consummated,
Parent’s control, of such Person, or, if the Merger has been consummated, which becomes an Affiliate as a result of such Investment), to the extent such Investment under (a) or (b) has an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the
date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (14) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed 15% of the
Company’s Total Assets (or, if the Merger has been consummated, 12.5% of the Company’s Total Assets) on the date of such Investment; 
 (15) Investments in a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) since the Reference Date that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $250.0 million; 

(16) if incurred after the consummation of the Merger, guarantees permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; 

(17) deposits or payments made with the FCC in connection with the auction or licensing of Governmental Authorizations;

 (18) if the Merger has been consummated, Investments in the ISIS Joint Venture having an aggregate Fair Market
Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) since the Closing Date that are at that time
outstanding, not to exceed $300.0 million; 
 (19) if the Merger has been consummated, Permitted Bond Hedge
Transactions which constitute Investments; 
 (20) if the Merger has been consummated, any Investment deemed made
from time to time pursuant to Section 4.18 in connection with a Specified Unrestricted Subsidiary Designation, in an amount equal to the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such Specified Unrestricted Subsidiary Designation, but only to the extent not in excess of the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by
T-Mobile and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such designated Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date (for this purpose, it shall be assumed, as regards to Investments in any Designated Tower Entity, that all wireless communications sites, towers, and
related contracts, equipment, improvements, real estate, and other assets of T-Mobile and its subsidiaries subject to the Towers Transaction that are contemplated to be transferred to the Designated Tower Entities in accordance with the terms of the
Towers Transaction, as contemplated in the Towers Transaction Agreements as in effect as of the Restatement Date, had been transferred to the Designated Tower Entities, whether or not all such transfers have in fact then taken place, but
disregarding any transfers of assets not part of the Towers Transaction as contemplated in the Towers Transaction Agreements as in effect as of the Restatement Date); and 

  
 24 

 (21) if the Merger has been consummated, any other Investments made in
connection with the Towers Transaction, as contemplated in the Towers Transaction Agreements as in effect as of the Restatement Date. 

Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, no Permitted Investment shall be deemed to be a Restricted Payment. 

“Permitted Joint Venture Investment” means, with respect to any specified Person, Investments in any other Person
engaged in a Permitted Business of which at least 40% of the outstanding Capital Stock of such other Person is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the specified Person. 

“Permitted Liens” means: 
 (1) Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities and/or securing Hedging Obligations related thereto permitted by Section 4.09(b)(1), (8) and (20) hereof,
provided that any secured Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect of Indebtedness or other Obligations previously secured pursuant to this clause (1) will be treated as Indebtedness secured pursuant to this clause (1) in
making any determination as to whether additional Indebtedness or other Obligations may be secured pursuant to this clause (1); 
 (2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; 
 (3) Liens on
property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the
contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets (other than improvements thereon, accessions thereto and proceeds thereof) other than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or
consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary; 
 (4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at
the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition; 

(5)(a) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds
maintained with a depositary institution, and (b) Liens, deposits (including deposits with the FCC) or pledges to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade or governmental contracts, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, surety or
appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 25 

 (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations)
permitted by Section 4.09(b)(4) hereof covering only the assets (including the proceeds thereof, accessions thereto and upgrades thereof) acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness; 

(7) Liens existing on the Reference Date (including Liens on the assets of T-Mobile and its Subsidiaries existing
immediately prior to the Merger); 
 (8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are
not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 

(9) Liens imposed by law or contract, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, suppliers’, vendors’,
construction, repairmen’s, landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens or other similar Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or
zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the
operation of the business of such Person; 
 (11) Liens arising by reason of a judgment, attachment, decree or
court order, to the extent not otherwise resulting in an Event of Default, and any Liens that are required to protect or enforce any rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings in the ordinary course of business; 

(12) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees); 

(13) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Supplemental Indenture;
provided, however, that: 
  

	 	(a)	the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose,
could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to such property and assets and proceeds or distributions of such property and assets and improvements and accessions thereto); and 

 

	 	(b)	the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed
amount, of the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement,
defeasance or discharge; 

  
 26 

 (14)(a) Liens contained in purchase and sale agreements or lease agreements
limiting the transfer of assets pending the closing of the transactions contemplated thereby or the termination of the lease, respectively, (b) spectrum leases or other similar lease or licensing arrangements contained in, or entered into in
connection with, purchase and sale agreements, and (c) Liens relating to deposits or escrows established in connection with purchase and sale agreements; 
 (15) Liens that may be deemed to exist by virtue of contractual provisions that restrict the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from granting or permitting to exist Liens on their
respective assets; 
 (16) Liens in favor of the Trustee as provided for in this Supplemental Indenture on money
or property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee; 
 (17) Liens on cash or Cash
Equivalents securing (a) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance or other social security, old age pension, bankers’ acceptances, performance bonds, completion bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds,
indemnity bonds, specific performance or injunctive relief bonds, surety bonds, public liability obligations, or other similar bonds or obligations, or securing any Guarantees or letters of credit functioning as or supporting any of the foregoing,
in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) letters of credit required to be issued for the benefit of (x) C9 Wireless, LLC in accordance with the Royal Street Agreements or (y) any Person that controls a Permitted
Joint Venture Investment to secure any put right for the benefit of the Person controlling the Permitted Joint Venture Investment; 
 (18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business covering only the property under lease (plus
improvements and accessions to such property and proceeds or distributions of such property and improvements and accessions thereto); 
 (19) any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensor in the property subject to any lease, license or sublicense entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(20) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents on deposit to secure reimbursement obligations under letters of credit incurred in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (21) Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary or any Person that is a Permitted Joint Venture Investment owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt or other Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Person; 

(22) Liens arising under operating agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, contracts for sale and
other agreements arising in the ordinary course of business that are customary in the Permitted Business, and applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements or contracts; 

(23) Liens securing Hedging Obligations; 

  
 27 

 (24) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter
of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
 (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of
business and not for speculative purposes; 
 (26) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and
proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(27) Liens securing any arrangement for treasury, depositary or cash management services provided to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (28) Liens with respect to obligations that do
not exceed at any time the greater of (x) $100.0 million (or, if the Merger is consummated, $500.0 million) and (y) 1.0% of the Company’s Total Assets at such time; and 

(29) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty
requirements; and 
 (30) if the Merger is consummated, Liens, if any, incurred in connection with the Towers
Transaction. 
 “Permitted Payments to Parent” means, without duplication as to amounts: 

(1) payments to Parent (directly or through HoldCo) to permit Parent to pay reasonable accounting, legal, investment
banking fees and administrative expenses of Parent when due; and 
 (2) for so long as the Company is a member of
a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with Parent, payments to Parent (directly or through HoldCo) in respect of an allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to the Company and its Subsidiaries
(“Tax Payments”). The Tax Payments shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the amount of the relevant tax (including any penalties and interest) that the Company would owe if the Company were filing a separate tax return (or a separate
consolidated or combined return with its Subsidiaries that are members of the consolidated or combined group), taking into account any carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net operating losses) of the Company and such Subsidiaries
from other taxable years and (ii) the net amount of the relevant tax that Parent actually owes to the appropriate taxing authority. 
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Preferred Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary issued (a) in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to, extend 

  
 28 

 
the maturity, renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in part, or (b) constituting an amendment, modification or supplement to or a
deferral or renewal of ((a) and (b) above, collectively, a “Refinancing”), any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness), any Disqualified Stock of the
Company or any Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary in a principal amount or, in the case of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, liquidation preference, not to exceed (after deduction of reasonable
and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Refinancing) the lesser of: 
 (1) the principal
amount or, in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, liquidation preference, of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock so Refinanced (plus, in the case of Indebtedness, the amount of accrued interest and premium, if any
paid in connection therewith), and 
 (2) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced was issued with any original issue
discount, the accreted value of such Indebtedness (as determined in accordance with GAAP) at the time of such Refinancing; 
 in each case, except to the extent that any such excess principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) would be then permitted to be incurred by other provisions of Section 4.09 hereof;
provided, that such excess principal amount of Indebtedness shall be deemed to be incurred under such other provision. 
 Notwithstanding the
preceding, no Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to be Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, unless: 
 (1) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock has a final maturity date or redemption date, as applicable, later than the final maturity date or redemption date, as applicable, of, and has
a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being Refinanced; 

(2) if the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being Refinanced is contractually subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is contractually subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes, on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing
the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being Refinanced at the time of the Refinancing; and 

(3) such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is incurred or issued by the Company or such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock is incurred or issued by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being Refinanced or the issuer of the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being Refinanced, or a Restricted Subsidiary of such obligor or
issuer. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock
company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 

  
 29 

 “Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of
such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or payments upon liquidation. 
 “Principals” means any direct or indirect Beneficial Owner of any Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on November 3, 2006. 

“Rating Agency” means each of Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and, if any of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch ceases to exist
or ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Company, any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company
as a replacement agency. 
 “Ratings Decline Period” means the period that (i) begins on the earlier of
(a) the date of the first public announcement of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by the Company or a shareholder of the Company, as applicable, to effect a Change of Control or (b) the occurrence thereof and
(ii) ends 90 days following consummation of such Change of Control; provided that such period shall be extended for so long as the rating of the Notes, as noted by the applicable Rating Agency, is under publicly announced consideration
for downgrade by the applicable Rating Agency. 
 “Reference Date” means, on any date of determination
(i) prior to consummation of the Merger, the date of the Supplemental Indenture, and (ii) on or after the consummation of the Merger, the Closing Date. 
 “Related Party” means: 
 (1) any controlling
stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Principal; or 
 (2) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling
interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1). 
 “Replacement Assets” means: (i) capital expenditures with respect to any assets, (ii) other assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business, (iii) all or
substantially all of the assets of a Permitted Business, (iv) Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that, when taken together with all other Voting Stock of such Person owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
constitutes a majority of the Voting Stock of such Person and such Person will become a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of the acquisition thereof or (v) deposits or payments to acquire FCC Licenses. 

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office
of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate
trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his/her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who has responsibility for the administration of this Supplemental Indenture. 

  
 30 

 “Restatement Date” means the effective date of the Fifth Supplemental
Indenture. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referenced Person that is not an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. 
 “Royal Street” means Royal Street Communications, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 “Royal Street Agreements” means the Royal Street Credit Agreement, the Royal Street Equipment and Facilities
Lease Agreement, the Royal Street Letter of Credit Agreement, the Royal Street LLC Agreement, the Royal Street Pledge Agreement, the Royal Street Promissory Note, the Royal Street Security Agreement and the Royal Street Services Agreement.

 “Royal Street Credit Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, executed on
December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004, by and between Royal Street and the Company, as in effect on the date of this Supplemental Indenture, and as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time after the date of this Supplemental
Indenture so long as such amendment, supplement or modification does not materially adversely affect the Liens granted to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the Royal Street Credit Agreement, the Royal Street Security Agreement or
Royal Street Pledge Agreement, each as in effect on the date of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Royal Street Equipment
and Facilities Lease Agreement” means the Master Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement executed as of May 17, 2006, by and between Royal Street and the Company, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 

“Royal Street Letter of Credit Agreement” means the Letter of Credit Agreement, dated November 24, 2004, by GWI
PCS1, Inc. to and for the benefit of C9 Wireless, LLC, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 
 “Royal
Street LLC Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street, executed on December 15, 2005 as of November 24, 2004 by and between C9 Wireless, LLC, GWI PCS1, Inc., and the Company, as
amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 
 “Royal Street Loan” means the aggregate amount of loans
by the Company to Royal Street in order to fund the purchase or lease by Royal Street of wireless spectrum and the build-out of the Royal Street systems and the operations of Royal Street, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 “Royal Street Pledge Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, executed on
December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004, by and between Royal Street and the Company, as in effect on the date of this Supplemental Indenture, and as amended, supplemented 

  
 31 

 
or modified from time to time after the date of this Supplemental Indenture so long as such amendment, supplement or modification does not materially adversely affect the Liens granted to the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the Royal Street Credit Agreement, the Royal Street Security Agreement or Royal Street Pledge Agreement, each as in effect on the date of this Supplemental Indenture. 

“Royal Street Promissory Note” means the Amended and Restated Promissory Note, executed on December 15, 2005 as of
December 22, 2004, by Royal Street to the order of the Company, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 

“Royal Street Security Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005
as of December 22, 2004, by and between Royal Street and the Company, as in effect on the date of this Supplemental Indenture, and as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time after the date of this Supplemental Indenture so long as
such amendment, supplement or modification does not materially adversely affect the Liens granted to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the Royal Street Credit Agreement, the Royal Street Security Agreement or Royal Street Pledge
Agreement, each as in effect on the date of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Royal Street Services Agreement”
means the Amended and Restated Services Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005 as of November 24, 2004, by and between Royal Street and the Company, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group. 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which
financial statements are available, would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Reference Date. 

“Specified Issuer Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company in a principal amount of $250 million or more.

 “Specified Unrestricted Subsidiary Designation” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.18
hereof. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of
Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Reference Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase
any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subordinated
Indebtedness” means: 

  
 32 

 (1) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of such Company which is by its terms
subordinated in right of payment to the notes; and 
 (2) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor
which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the notes. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of
Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a
Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof). 
 “Subsidiary Guarantors” means, collectively, the Guarantors that are Subsidiaries of the Company. 
 “Supplemental Indenture” means the First Supplemental Indenture, dated September 21, 2010, as amended and supplemented by the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated December 23,
2010, as further amended and supplemented by this Fifth Supplemental indenture, dated the Restatement Date, and as further amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 
 “T-Mobile” means T-Mobile USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

“Total Assets” means the consolidated total assets of a Person and its Subsidiaries as set forth on the most recent
balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Towers Transaction” means the transactions
contemplated by the Towers Transaction Agreements. 
 “Towers Transaction Agreements” means: (i) the
Master Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2012 (as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time), among T-Mobile, Crown Castle International Corp., a Delaware corporation, and certain Subsidiaries of T-Mobile; and
(ii) each of the other transaction documents entered into in connection therewith or contemplated thereby, as they may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 

  
 33 

 “Transactions” means (i) the Merger, (ii) the offering of the
“Permitted MetroPCS Notes” and “DT Notes” and the incurrence of the “TMUS Working Capital Facility”, each as defined in the Business Combination Agreement, (iii) the refinancing of Existing Indebtedness on or prior
to the Closing Date, (iv) the “Cash Payment” and the “MetroPCS Reverse Stock Split”, each as defined in the Business Combination Agreement, and (v) all other transactions consummated in connection therewith. 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to September 1, 2014; provided, however, that if the period from the
redemption date to September 1, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. The Company will (1) calculate the Treasury
Rate on the third business day preceding the applicable redemption date and (2) prior to such redemption date file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the
calculation of each in reasonable detail. 
 “Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., until a successor replaces
it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the
Board of Directors, but only to the extent that: 
 (1) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, such
Subsidiary is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are, taken as a whole, no
less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
 (2) such Subsidiary does not hold any Liens on any property of Parent, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 

(3) such Subsidiary has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent that such guarantee or credit support would be released upon such designation. 
 “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years
obtained by dividing: 

  
 34 

 (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of
each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that
will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of
such Indebtedness. 
 “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any specified Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, all
of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. Except if expressly otherwise
specified, Wholly-Owned Subsidiary means a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company. 
 Section 1.02    Other
Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section	 
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.11	  
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	 	2.02	  
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	8.03	  
	 “DTC”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	 	4.10	  
	 “incur”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	8.02	  
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Offer Period”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “Payment Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	 	4.07	  

 Section 1.03    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Supplemental Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of
this Supplemental Indenture. 
 The following TIA terms used in this Supplemental Indenture have the following meanings:

 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 

  
 35 

 “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Supplemental Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor
obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Supplemental Indenture that are
defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.04    Rules of Construction. 
 Unless the
context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(7) “including” means including, without limitation; 

(8) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or
successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and 
 (9) references to the date of this or
the Supplemental Indenture shall mean September 21, 2010. 
 In addition, this Supplemental Indenture restates in their
entirety the terms of the Base Indenture as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture and does not incorporate the terms of the Base Indenture. The changes, modifications and supplements to the Base Indenture effected by this Supplemental
Indenture shall be applicable only with respect to, and shall only govern the terms of, the Notes, except as otherwise provided herein, and shall not apply to any other securities that may be issued under the Base Indenture unless a supplemental
indenture with respect to such other securities specifically incorporates such changes, modifications and supplements. 

  
 36 

 ARTICLE II. 
 THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01    Form and Dating. 

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Supplemental Indenture and
the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the
express provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note”
attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that
the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or
decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by
Section 2.06 hereof. 
 (c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating
Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to
transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

Section 2.02    Execution and Authentication. 
 At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 

  
 37 

 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The
signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Supplemental Indenture. 
 The Trustee
will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by at least one Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Supplemental Indenture, including any
Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in
Section 2.07 hereof. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An
authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Supplemental Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent. An authenticating agent has the same
rights as an Agent to deal with Holders, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 Section 2.03    Registrar
and Paying Agent. 
 The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer
or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may
appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent
or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Supplemental Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or
Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company, Parent or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company and the Company is the Paying Agent, the Company will
pay all principal, interest and premiums, if any, on that Holder’s Notes in accordance with these instructions. All other payments on the Notes will be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee within the City and State of New York,
which as of the date hereof is Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. located at 45 Broadway, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10006, unless the Company elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses in the books and records of the
Registrar. 
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with
respect to the Global Notes. The Company may change the Depositary at any time without notice to any Holder, but the Company will notify the Trustee of the name and address of any new Depositary. 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global
Notes. 

  
 38 

 Section 2.04    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the
benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such
default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent
(if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as
Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.05    Holder Lists. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish or caused to be furnished to the Trustee at stated intervals of not more than six months, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, all
information in the possession or control of such obligor, or any of its paying agents, as to the names and addresses of the Holders, and the Trustee shall preserve, in as current form as is reasonably practicable, all such information so furnished
to it or received by it in the capacity of Registrar. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish to the Trustee at least 10 days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may
request in writing a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee shall otherwise comply with TIA § 77lll(a). 

Section 2.06    Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary
or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: 

(1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue
to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

 (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be
exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 
 (3) there has
occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes, and the Depositary has notified the Company and the Trustee of its desire to exchange the Global Notes for Definitive Notes. 

  
 39 

 Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above,
Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note
authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Sections 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A
Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in any Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b) and Section 2.06(d)
hereof. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest
in a Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth
in Section 2.06(b) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and
deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) will be registered in such name or
names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver
such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are registered. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive
Notes for Beneficial Interests. A Holder of a Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a
Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Global Notes. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such
Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender
to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting
Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). A Holder of Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note. 

  
 40 

 (f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture: 
 (1) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT
TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT
IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY
THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10041) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR
ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,
CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 

  
 41 

 (2) Original Issue Discount Legend. Each Note will bear a legend in substantially the
following form: 
 “THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273, AND 1275 OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. METROPCS WIRELESS, INC. AGREES TO PROVIDE PROMPTLY TO THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY WITH RESPECT TO
THE NOTE. ANY SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST SHOULD BE SENT TO METROPCS WIRELESS, INC. AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: METROPCS WIRELESS, INC., 2250 LAKESIDE BLVD., RICHARDSON, TEXAS 75082, ATTENTION: EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.”

 (g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global
Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with
Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or
for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an
endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global
Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10,
3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 
 (3) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any
registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Supplemental Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive
Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

  
 42 

 (4) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required: 

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15
days immediately preceding the sending of notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day such notice is sent; 

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a
record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
 (5) Prior to due presentment for the registration
of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes
and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (6) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 

(7) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 

Section 2.07    Replacement Notes. 
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft and ownership of any Note, the Company will issue
and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and deliver a replacement Note in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case,
the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authentication agent, such security or indemnity as may be required by them to indemnify them and save each of them harmless from any loss that any of
them may suffer if a Note is replaced, including an indemnity bond. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Supplemental Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued
hereunder. 

  
 43 

 The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and will preclude (to the extent
lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 

Section 2.08    Outstanding Notes. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note
effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(a) hereof. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to
it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser and shall be deemed cancelled for all purposes. 
 If the principal
amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding, shall be deemed cancelled, and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and
after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding, shall be deemed cancelled, and will cease to accrue interest. 

Section 2.09    Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, Notes owned by the Company or any
Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, shall be disregarded, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall
be protected in relying on any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that a Responsible Officer knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 
 Section 2.10    Temporary Notes. 
 Until
certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but
may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes, including any legend the Company deems appropriate. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will
authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until so exchanged, temporary Notes will have the same rights under this Supplemental Indenture as the Definitive Notes. 

  
 44 

 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Supplemental
Indenture. 
 Section 2.11    Cancellation. 

The Company or its agents or representatives at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent
will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will promptly cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or
cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the cancellation of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company upon written request. The Registrar and Paying
Agent will deliver to the Company, upon request, any cancelled Notes. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

Section 2.12    Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the
Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date. At least 10 days
before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will send to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the
amount of such interest to be paid. 
 ARTICLE III. 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01    Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days (or such shorter period as may be
permitted by the Trustee or the eligibility rules of the Depositary) but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth: 

(1) the clause of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 

(2) the redemption date; 
 (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 
 (4) the
redemption price. 

  
 45 

 Section 3.02    Selection of Notes to be Redeemed or Purchased. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select or cause to be
selected Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depository requirements. 
 In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 (or such shorter period as may
be permitted by the eligibility rules of the Depositary) nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note
selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to
be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Supplemental Indenture that
apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 

Section 3.03    Notice of Redemption. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days (or such shorter period as may be permitted by the eligibility rules of the Depositary) but not more than 60 days before a
redemption date, the Company will send electronically, or mail by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed, except that redemption notices may be sent or mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption
date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof. 
 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 

(1) the redemption date; 
 (2) the redemption price; 
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in
part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the
original Note; 
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

  
 46 

 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment,
interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph
of the Notes and/or Section of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 

At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense;
provided, that the Company makes such request no later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that is at least one Business Day (or such shorter period as may be permitted by the Trustee) prior to the date by which such notice must
be given to Holders in accordance with this Section 3.03. 
 Section 3.04    Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become
irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. Except as otherwise set forth in the provisions described under Section 4.15 hereof, notices of redemption may not be conditional. 

Section 3.05    Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

On or before 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the
Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. Such funds deposited with the Trustee will be held in a money market account with Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued
interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding
paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to
the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid
upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the
extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
 Section 3.06    Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the
Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 

  
 47 

 Section 3.07    Optional Redemption. 

(a) At any time prior to September 1, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture at a redemption price of 107.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or contributions to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent; provided that:

 (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture
(excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 
 (2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such sale of Equity Interests by the Company or the date of contribution to the Company’s equity capital made with net cash
proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests of Parent. 
 (b) [intentionally omitted]. 

(c) On or after September 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 (or such shorter period
as may be permitted by the eligibility rules of the Depositary) nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date
for periods prior to such redemption date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2014
	  	 	103.938	% 
	 2015
	  	 	101.969	% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (d) Any redemption pursuant to this
Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 (e) At any time prior to
September 1, 2014, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 (or such shorter period as may be permitted by the eligibility rules of the Depositary) nor more than 60 days prior notice sent electronically or

  
 48 

 
mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued
and unpaid interest to, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such date of redemption. 

Section 3.08    Mandatory Redemption. 
 The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 Section 3.09    Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the
procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is
pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Supplemental Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of
at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the
termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if
applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the
Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will
state: 
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10
hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 
 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price
and the Purchase Date; 

  
 49 

 (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to
accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders
electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 only; 

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note,
with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice at least two Business Days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw
their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes and other pari
passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in
denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000, will be purchased); and 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes
were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to
the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or
portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the
Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon
written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause 

  
 50 

 
to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or
delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof or compliance with this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof by virtue of such compliance. 
 ARTICLE IV. 
 COVENANTS 

Section 4.01    Payment of Notes. 
 The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be
considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds on or before 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated
for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 
 Section 4.02    Maintenance of
Office or Agency. 
 The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which
may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and
this Supplemental Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or
agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered
for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the
Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

  
 51 

 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office
or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. For purposes of this Section 4.02, the address of the Trustee’s office as of the date hereof is Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. located at 45 Broadway, 14th Floor, New York, New
York 10006. 
 Section 4.03    Reports. 
 (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, Parent will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below
with the SEC for public availability within the time periods (including all applicable extension periods) specified in the SEC rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing): 

(1) all quarterly and annual financial reports that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms
10-Q and 10-K if Parent were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual
financial statements by its certified independent accountants; and 
 (2) all current reports that would be
required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if Parent or the Company were required to file such reports; provided that the availability of the foregoing reports on the SEC’s EDGAR service (or successor thereto) shall be deemed to
satisfy the Company’s delivery obligations to the Trustee and any Holder of Notes. 
 All such reports will be prepared in
all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports; provided that, if neither Parent nor the Company is required under the rules and regulations of the SEC to file such reports with the SEC
for public availability, such reports need not be prepared in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports and shall include only the information or disclosure that would be required by such form to the extent that,
and in the same general style of presentation as, the same or substantially similar information or disclosure is also included in the Prospectus Supplement, dated September 7, 2010, for the Notes. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a
report on Parent’s consolidated financial statements by Parent’s certified independent accountants. The Company will at all times comply with TIA §77nnn(a). 
 If the SEC will not accept Parent’s or the Company’s filings for any reason, Parent or the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website or on
intralinks.com within the time periods that would apply if Parent were required to file those reports with the SEC (including all applicable extension periods). 
 (b) If (i) the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries or (ii) the combined operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries, excluding the operations of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries and excluding cash and Cash Equivalents, would, if held by a single Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, then the quarterly and annual financial information
required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, 

  
 52 

 
either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of (A) in the
case of (i) above, the financial condition and results of operations of Parent, HoldCo, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company
and (B) in the case of (ii) above, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its other Subsidiaries;
provided however, that the requirements of this paragraph shall not apply if Parent or the Company files with the SEC the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of subsection (a) of this Section 4.03, and any such
report contains the information required in this paragraph. 
 (c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time
they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.03, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon
their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (d) Delivery of
such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information
contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 Section 4.04    Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The
Company and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year
has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company and each Guarantor has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, and further stating, as to
each such Officer signing such certificate, that to his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Supplemental Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance
of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge). 

(b) [Intentionally omitted]. 
 (c) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, promptly upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such
Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.05    Taxes. 
 The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings, or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

  
 53 

 Section 4.06    Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Supplemental Indenture;
and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution
of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07    Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The
Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (1)
declare or pay (without duplication) any dividend, or make any other payment or distribution, on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or
distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); 

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including in connection with any merger or consolidation
involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Subordinated Indebtedness (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or 

(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through
(4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 
 unless, at the time of and after
giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; 

  
 54 

 (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after
giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test
set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and 
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount
of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since November 3, 2006 (or, if the Merger has been consummated, solely since the Closing Date) (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3),
(4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9) and (15) (and, if the Merger has been consummated, also by clauses (11), (12), (13) and (14)) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07), is less than the sum, without duplication of:

 (A) 100% of the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from
the beginning of the Company’s fiscal quarter commencing January 1, 2007 (or, if the Merger has been consummated, from and after the Closing Date) to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal
financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, less the product of 1.5 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense, solely to the Closing Date, for the same period, and the product of 1.4 times the
Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense, solely from and after the Closing Date, for the same period; plus 

(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds, and, if the Merger has been consummated, the Fair Market Value of any
property other than cash, in each case received by the Company after November 3, 2006 (or, if the Merger has been consummated, after the Closing Date) as a contribution to its common equity capital (other than any such contribution resulting,
or deemed to result, from the Merger) or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt
securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus 

(C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after November 3, 2006 is sold for cash or Cash
Equivalents, or otherwise is liquidated or repaid for cash or Cash Equivalents (if the Merger has been consummated, after the Closing Date), an amount equal to such cash and Cash Equivalents; plus 

(D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after November 3, 2006 is
redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after November 3, 2006 (or, if the Merger has been consummated, after the Closing Date), the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation,
other than to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment; plus 

  
 55 

 (E) 100% of any cash dividends or cash distributions, and if the Merger has
been consummated, the Fair Market Value of any property other than cash, in each case actually received directly or indirectly by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor after November 3, 2006 (or, if the
Merger has been consummated, after the Closing Date) from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, to the extent that such dividends, cash distributions or other property were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of
the Company for such period and other than to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment; minus 
 (F) the aggregate amount of any Net Equity Proceeds taken into account for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to clause (14) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” set forth
in Section 4.09(b) hereof (if the Merger has been consummated, after the Closing Date); plus 
 (G) if the
Merger has been consummated, the amount that would be calculated immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger on the Closing Date pursuant to clause (3) of the second paragraph of Section 4.07(a) of the Supplemental Indenture as in
effect immediately prior to the Restatement Date (provided, that any calculation of cumulative Consolidated Cash Flow and Consolidated Interest Expense in sub-clause (A) of such clause (3) shall include (x) the Company’s last
fiscal quarter ending prior to the Closing Date, and (y) the period from the beginning of the Company’s fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the Closing Date, in each case, if internal financial statements are available
for such period at the time of calculation, even if they are not available immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger on the Closing Date). 
 (b) So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of
declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notices, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture; 

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent
sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any
such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, provided further that any Net Equity Proceeds (x) used for making a Restricted Investment pursuant
to clause (10) of this Section 4.07(b) or (y) taken into account for purposes of incurring Indebtedness pursuant to clause (14) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” set forth in Section 4.09(b)
hereof, may not also be used to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to this clause (2); 

  
 56 

 (3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar
distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
 (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Parent, HoldCo, the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any direct or indirect
parent of the Company held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of Parent, HoldCo, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement,
shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed an amount equal to $20.0 million in any twelve-month period (or,
if the Merger is consummated, an amount equal to $50.0 million in any fiscal year); provided further, that such amount in any twelve-month period or fiscal year, as applicable, may be increased by an amount equal to (a) the net cash
proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of Parent to current or former members of management, directors, consultants or employees that occurs after the Reference Date plus (b) the net cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received
by Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries (or, if the Merger has been consummated, by Parent, Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) after the Reference Date; provided further, that such amount in any twelve-month period or fiscal year, as
applicable, shall be reduced by the amount of Indebtedness incurred in such twelve-month period or fiscal year pursuant to clause (22) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; 

(6) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise or
exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar rights to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise or exchange price of those stock options, warrants or other similar rights, and the repurchase, redemption or other
acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests made in lieu of withholding taxes resulting from the vesting, exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar rights; 

(7) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the date of this Supplemental Indenture in accordance with the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof; 

(8) Permitted Payments to Parent; 

  
 57 

 (9) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value
of any Equity Interests of Parent to the extent necessary to comply with law or to prevent the loss or secure the renewal or reinstatement of any FCC License held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; 

(10) Restricted Investments in an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate amount of any Net Equity Proceeds, less the
aggregate amount of any Net Equity Proceeds (x) used for making a Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b) or (y) taken into account for purposes of incurring Indebtedness pursuant to clause (14) of
the definition of “Permitted Debt” set forth in Section 4.09(b) hereof; 
 (11) if the
Merger has been consummated, payments made to DT or its Subsidiaries from the proceeds of the Towers Transaction; 
 (12) if the Merger has been consummated, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to those of
Section 4.15 and Section 4.10; provided that all Notes tendered by the Holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for value;

 (13) on and after the “Closing Date” (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), Restricted
Payments in connection with the “Cash Payment”, as defined in the Business Combination Agreement, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.5 billion; 
 (14) if the Merger has been consummated, the making of cash payments in connection with any conversion of Convertible Debt in an aggregate amount since the Closing Date not to exceed the sum of
(a) the principal amount of such Convertible Debt plus (b) any payments received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the exercise, settlement or termination of any related Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions; and

 (15) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since the date of this Supplemental Indenture not to
exceed $75.0 million (or, if the Merger has been consummated, in an aggregate amount since the Closing Date not to exceed $375.0 million). 
 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. If the Merger has not been consummated, the determination of the Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this
Section 4.07 will be delivered in writing to the Trustee if the Fair Market Value of such assets or securities exceeds $50.0 million (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (6) and (9) of this
Section 4.07(b)). 

  
 58 

 Section 4.08    Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or
permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of: 
 (1) agreements or instruments governing (a) Existing Indebtedness and (b) Equity
Interests and Credit Facilities as in effect on the Reference Date, and in each case, any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or instruments;
provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are (in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company or a senior financial officer of
the Company) not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements or instruments on the Reference Date; 

(2) agreements or instruments governing Credit Facilities not in effect on the Reference Date so long as either
(a) the encumbrances and restrictions contained therein do not impair the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to pay dividends or make any other distributions or payments directly or indirectly to the Company in an amount
sufficient to permit the Company to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the Notes, or (b) the encumbrances and restrictions contained therein are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this
Supplemental Indenture; 
 (3) this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(4) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(5) agreements or instruments with respect to a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in
effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition) or as may be amended, restated, modified, renewed, extended, supplemented,
refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time (so long as the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendment, restatement, 

  
 59 

 
modification, renewal, extension, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing are, in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of the
Company, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those in effect on the date of the acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or
the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of agreements or instruments governing Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Supplemental Indenture to be incurred; 

(6) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business and
customary contractual restrictions on transfers of all or substantially all assets of a Person; 
 (7) any
instrument governing any secured Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligation that imposes restrictions on the assets securing such Indebtedness or the subject of such lease of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof;

 (8) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that imposes restrictions of
the nature described in clauses (1) and/or (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition; 
 (9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a
whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (10) Liens
permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (11) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in partnership and joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and
other similar agreements, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements; 
 (12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (13) restrictions in other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock incurred or issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, provided that such restrictions, taken as a whole, are, in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of the Company,
not materially more restrictive than those contained in the existing agreements referenced in clauses (1) and (3) above; 
 (14) the issuance of Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the payment of dividends thereon in accordance with the terms thereof; provided that issuance of such Preferred
Stock is permitted pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and the terms of such Preferred Stock do not expressly restrict the ability of such Restricted 

  
 60 

 
Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock (other than requirements to pay dividends or liquidation preferences on such Preferred Stock prior to paying any
dividends or making any other distributions on such other Capital Stock); 
 (15) any agreement or instrument
with respect to Indebtedness incurred, or Preferred Stock issued, by any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements or instruments governing such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (a) either
(i) apply only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant in such agreement or instrument or (ii) will not materially affect the Company’s ability to pay all principal, interest and premium, if
any, on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive; and (b) are not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the
Notes than is customary in comparable financings; 
 (16) if the Merger has been consummated, any agreement or
instrument of T-Mobile or any of its Subsidiaries existing prior to, or entered into or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with, the Merger, in each case, as such agreements or instruments may be amended, restated,
modified, renewed or replaced from time to time; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, and replacements are (in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company or a senior financial officer of
the Company) not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those agreements or instruments as in effect as of the Closing Date; and 

(17) if the Merger has been consummated, restrictions arising from the Towers Transaction. 

Section 4.09    Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and
will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Subsidiary Guarantors
may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Preferred Stock, if the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately
preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been no greater than 6.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma
application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 

  
 61 

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of
the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”), nor will it prohibit the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries from issuing the following types of Preferred Stock: 

(1) the incurrence by the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor of (A) additional Indebtedness under Credit
Facilities, provided that giving effect to such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
thereunder) of all Indebtedness under Credit Facilities then outstanding under this paragraph (1), together with any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the following clause (B), does not exceed the greater of (x) $3.0 billion less the aggregate
amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Supplemental Indenture to repay any term Indebtedness or debt securities under Credit Facilities or to repay any revolving
credit Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder, in each case pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (or, if the Merger has been consummated, $9.0 billion, without such deductions) and
(y) 300% (or, if the Merger has been consummated, 150%) of the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available, calculated on a pro
forma basis in the manner described in the definition of “Debt to Cash Flow Ratio” and (B) without duplication, all Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to the foregoing clause (A); provided, however, that the maximum amount permitted under this clause (1) shall not be deemed to limit additional Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities to the extent that the incurrence of
such additional Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to any of the other provisions of this Section 4.10; 

(2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Existing Indebtedness; 

(3) the incurrence by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the
date of this Supplemental Indenture and the related Note Guarantees; 
 (4) the incurrence by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing (whether prior to or within 270 days after) all or any
part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed 5.0%
of the Company’s Total Assets (or, if the Merger has been consummated, the greater of (x) $2.5 billion and (y) 5.0% of the Company’s Total Assets), at the time of any such incurrence pursuant to this clause (4); 

  
 62 

 (5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Supplemental
Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (13), (14), (15), (25) or (26) of this Section 4.09(b); 
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among Parent, HoldCo, the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Guarantors;
provided, however, that: 
 (A) if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such
Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note
Guarantee, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor; and 
 (B) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of
Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than Parent, HoldCo, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or a Guarantor and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a
Person that is not either Parent, HoldCo, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or a Guarantor, 
 will be
deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

(7) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that: 
 (A) any subsequent issuance
or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than Parent, HoldCo, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or a Guarantor; and 

(B) any sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Stock to a Person that is not either Parent, HoldCo, the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or a Guarantor, 
 will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such
Preferred Stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7); 
 (8) the incurrence by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations (other than for speculative purposes); 

(9) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that was 

  
 63 

 
permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the
guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 
 (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, deposits,
performance bonds, completion bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds and surety bonds, indemnity bonds, specific performance or injunctive relief bonds or similar bonds or obligations in the ordinary course of business, and any Guarantees or letters of
credit functioning as or supporting any of the foregoing; 
 (11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from (A) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five
Business Days of notice to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (B) in respect of netting, overdraft protection and other arrangements arising under standard business terms of any bank at which Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
maintains an overdraft, cash pooling or other similar facility or arrangement or (C) in respect of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business, provided that, if the Merger is consummated, the aggregate principal
amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (B) and (C) of this paragraph shall not, at any time outstanding exceed $250.0 million; 
 (12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit required to be issued on behalf of Royal Street in accordance with the Royal Street
Agreements or in connection with any Permitted Joint Venture Investment; 
 (13) the incurrence by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness for relocation or clearing obligations relating to the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiary’s FCC Licenses in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable),
including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (13), at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million
and (y) 1.0% of the Company’s Total Assets (or, if the Merger has been consummated, not to exceed $400.0 million) at the time of such incurrence; 
 (14) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Contribution Indebtedness; 
 (15) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt or Indebtedness) used to finance an acquisition of or a merger with another Person,
provided that, the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related
financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the 

  
 64 

 
applicable four-quarter period, would either (a) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.09(a) hereof or (b) have a Debt to Cash Flow Ratio no greater than the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; 

(16) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements providing
for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such
agreements, in any case incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted
Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the amount does not exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in connection with such disposition; 

(17) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations
with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business; provided that, upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing; 

(18) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness to the extent that the net proceeds
thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes; 
 (19) the incurrence by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Royal Street or its Subsidiaries existing on the date of this Supplemental Indenture (or Indebtedness of Royal Street or its Subsidiaries to the extent comprised of Capital Lease Obligations,
which were converted from operating leases existing on the date of this Supplemental Indenture) as a result of Royal Street or its Subsidiaries merging into, or becoming, a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(20) the incurrence by the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate
principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (20),
not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million (or, if the Merger has been consummated, $1.0 billion) and (y) 1.0% (or, if the Merger has been consummated, 2.0%) of the Company’s Total Assets as of the time of incurrence; 

(21) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of
instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business; 
 (22) the incurrence by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness evidenced by promissory notes subordinated to the Notes and the Note Guarantees issued to current or former employees or directors of Parent, the Company or

  
 65 

 
any Subsidiary (or their respective spouses or estates) in lieu of cash payments for Capital Stock being repurchased from such Persons, not to exceed, in any twelve-month period, an amount equal
to the amount of Restricted Payments that could be made during such twelve-month period pursuant to clause (5) of Section 4.07(b) hereof less the amount of Restricted Payments that have been made during such twelve-month period pursuant to
such clause; 
 (23) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness consisting of
take-or-pay obligations contained in supply agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (24)
to the extent that deposits with, or payments owed to, the FCC in connection with the auction or licensing of Governmental Authorizations are deemed to be Indebtedness, the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Indebtedness;

 (25) if the Merger has been consummated, Indebtedness incurred in connection with the Towers Transaction; and

 (26) the incurrence by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of Indebtedness; provided, however,
that the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (26), when aggregated with the principal amount (or accreted value) of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred
pursuant to this clause (26), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (26), does not exceed the greater of (x) $75.0
million and (y) 0.75% of the Company’s Total Assets at the time of such incurrence (or, if the Merger has been consummated, does not exceed $250.0 million). 
 The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt, but excluding Indebtedness permitted by clause (6) above) that is
contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on
substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor solely by virtue of such
Indebtedness being unsecured or by virtue of such Indebtedness being secured on a first or junior Lien basis. 
 For purposes of
(x) determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (26) above, or is
entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of
Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and (y) determining the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to clause (1)(a)(y) of Section 4.09(b), the Company may elect, pursuant to an
officers’ certificate delivered to the Trustee, to treat all or 

  
 66 

 
any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness (and any refinancing with respect thereto) as being incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such
commitment or refinancing, as the case may be, shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time. Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the date on which the Notes are first issued
and authenticated under this Supplemental Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt, and the Notes will initially be deemed to
have been incurred on the date of this Supplemental Indenture in reliance on the exception provided by clause (3) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the
payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of Preferred Stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles or the application thereof, and the payment of
dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of
fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values, and in no event shall the reclassification of any lease or other liability as indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles after the date of this Supplemental Indenture be deemed to be an
incurrence of Indebtedness. In determining the amount of Indebtedness outstanding under one of the clauses of Section 4.09(b), the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness of any Person shall be counted only once and any
obligation of such Person or any other Person arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded so long as it is permitted to be incurred by the Person or Persons incurring
such obligation. 
 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 (2) in the case of Hedging Obligations, the termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving rise to
such obligations that would be payable by such Person at such time; 
 (3) the principal amount of the
Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and 
 (4) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person
secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of: 
 (A) the Fair Market Value of such
assets at the date of determination; and 
 (B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. 

  
 67 

 Section 4.10    Asset Sales. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at
least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in the Asset Sale and all other Asset Sales since the date of this Supplemental Indenture is in the form of
cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a combination thereof. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: 
 (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet (or as would be shown on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of the date of such Asset Sale), of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a novation agreement
that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; and 
 (B) any securities, notes
or other obligations received by the Company, or any such Restricted Subsidiary, from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets within 90 days after such Asset
Sale, to the extent of the cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets received in that conversion. 
 Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the 75% limitation referred to above shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any Asset Sale in which the cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets portion of the consideration received therefrom, determined in accordance with the
foregoing provision on an after-tax basis, is equal to or greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation. 

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount
equal to such Net Proceeds: 
 (1) to purchase Replacement Assets; or 

(2) to prepay, repay, defease, redeem, purchase or otherwise retire Indebtedness and other Obligations under a Credit
Facility or Indebtedness secured by property that is subject to such Asset Sale (or unless the Merger has occurred, any secured Indebtedness) and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments
with respect thereto; 

  
 68 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from
an Asset Sale, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a binding written agreement committing the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, subject to customary conditions, to an application of funds of the kind described in clause
(1) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed not to be in violation of the preceding paragraph so long as such application of funds is consummated within 545 days of the receipt of such Net Proceeds. 

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or
otherwise use the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture. 
 An amount equal to any
Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the third paragraph of this Section 4.10 will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million (or,
if the Merger has been consummated, $100.0 million), within 20 days thereof, the Company shall apply the entire aggregate amount of unutilized Excess Proceeds (not only the amount in excess of $20.0 million (or, if the Merger has been consummated,
$100.0 million)) to make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions requiring the Company to make an offer to
purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with Section 3.09 hereof to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and purchase or redeem such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed
out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed with Excess Proceeds, plus accrued and
unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the
Company will select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased or redeemed on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10 or compliance with Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10 would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. 
 Section 4.11    Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a)
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make
or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the 

  
 69 

 
benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each an “Affiliate Transaction”), in any one or series of related transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess
of $20.0 million (or, if the Merger has been consummated, $50.0 million), unless: 
 (1) the Affiliate
Transaction is on terms that, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an
unrelated Person; and 
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $20.0 million (or, if the Merger has been consummated, $100.0 million), an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant; and 

(B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $50.0 million (or, if the Merger has been consummated, $250.0 million), a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies
with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company. 

(b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of
Section 4.11(a) hereof: 
 (1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, agreement or plan relating
to employee, officer or director compensation or severance, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or a direct or indirect parent of the Company
existing on the Reference Date, or entered into thereafter in the ordinary course of business, and any indemnities or other transactions permitted or required by bylaw, statutory provisions or any of the foregoing agreements, plans or arrangements
and payments pursuant thereto; 
 (2) transactions between or among Parent, HoldCo, the Company and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries and/or, prior to the consummation of the Merger, any Guarantor; 
 (3) transactions with
a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 

(4) [Reserved]; 
 (5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to, or receipt of any capital contribution from, any Affiliate of the Company; 

  
 70 

 (6) transactions with Royal Street in accordance with the applicable Royal
Street Agreements and transactions in connection with any Permitted Joint Venture Investment; 
 (7) any
Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof; 
 (8) any contracts,
agreements or understandings existing as of the date of this Supplemental Indenture and disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the quarter ended June 30, 2010
(and, if the Merger has been consummated, any agreement listed (x) under the section entitled “Transactions with Related Persons and Approval” in the proxy statement of Parent filed with the SEC under cover of Schedule 14A on
April 16, 2012, or in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of MetroPCS for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the quarter ended September 30, 2012, or (y) on Schedule 3.2(r) – Related-Party Agreements —
to the “T-Mobile Disclosure Letter” to the Business Combination Agreement), and any amendments to, replacements of, or orders pursuant to such contracts, agreements or understandings so long as any such amendments, replacements, or orders,
taken as a whole, are not (in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of the Company) more disadvantageous to the Company or to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original
contracts, agreements or understandings as in effect on the Restatement Date; 
 (9) transactions with customers,
clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture, provided that in the good faith determination of the
Company’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of the Company, such transactions are on terms, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably
be expected to be obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; 
 (10) issuances, purchases or repurchases of Notes or other Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or solicitations of amendments, waivers or consents in respect of Notes or such other
Indebtedness, if such issuance, purchase, repurchase or solicitation is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; 

(11) reasonable payments made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting, placement or syndication services
approved by the Company’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of the Company in good faith; 

(12) amendments, extensions, replacements and other modifications of transactions with Affiliates otherwise permitted by
this Supplemental Indenture, provided that in the good faith determination of the Company’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of the Company, such amendments, extensions, replacements or other

  
 71 

 
modifications, taken as a whole, are no less favorable in any material respect to the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary than the transaction or transactions being amended, extended,
replaced or modified; and 
 (13) if the Merger has been consummated, (i) the Business Combination Agreement
and any Ancillary Agreements, as defined in the Business Combination Agreement, in each case, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time on terms that, taken as a whole, in the good faith determination of the
Company’s Board of Directors or a senior financial officer of the Company, are not materially less favorable to the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary than those of the agreement being amended, modified, supplemented or replaced,
(ii) transactions or agreements relating to the “DT Notes” (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) and the “TMUS Working Capital Facility” (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), each as may be
amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, and any indebtedness incurred in connection with the refinancing of the foregoing, on terms that, taken as a whole, in the good faith determination of the Company’s Board of Directors or a
senior financial officer of the Company, are not materially less favorable to the Company than those of the DT Notes or TMUS Working Capital Facility, as applicable, and (iii) transactions between the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on
the one hand, and any Designated Tower Entities that have been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, on the other hand, in connection with the Towers Transaction. 
 Section 4.12    Liens. 
 The Company will not, and
will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien securing Indebtedness upon any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless the Notes are
equally and ratably secured (except that Liens securing Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to the Notes shall be expressly subordinate to any Lien securing the Notes to at least the same extent that such Indebtedness is subordinate to
the Notes). 
 Section 4.13    Business Activities. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses,
except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 

Section 4.14    Corporate Existence. 
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect: 

(1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance
with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 

  
 72 

 (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the
Company and its Subsidiaries; 
 provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or
franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes; provided, further, that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, conversion, consolidation, liquidation or
dissolution permitted under Section 5.01 hereof. 
 Section 4.15    Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
Triggering Event. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will make an offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such
repurchase date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will send a notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions and
identify the ratings decline that together constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and stating: 
 (1)
that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; 
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days (or such short period as may be permitted by the eligibility rules of the Depositary) and no later than 60 days from
the date such notice is sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (3) that any Note not
tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change
of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender
the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw
their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 

  
 73 

 (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued
new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict
with the provisions of Sections 3.09 or 4.15 hereof or compliance with the provisions of Sections 3.09 or 4.15 hereof would constitute a violations of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance. In connection with the tender of any Notes with respect to a Change of Control Triggering
Event, the tendering Holder shall provide good title to the Notes, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, and shall represent and warrant that such Holder is presenting good title, free and clear of all Liens and encumbrances, and such other
representations and warranties as are customary. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent
lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect
of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee
the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
 The Paying Agent will promptly make payment to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be
transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral amount of $1,000 in
excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if (1) a third
party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and Section 3.09 hereof and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under
the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. 

  
 74 

 (d) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering
Event, and conditioned upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 

(e) In the event that Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes accept a Change of Control
Offer and the Company purchases all of the Notes held by such Holders, the Company will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following the purchase pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer described above, to redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to the Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and
unpaid interest on the Notes that remain outstanding, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date).

 Section 4.16    Payments for Consent. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this 
 Supplemental Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the
solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 Section 4.17    Additional Note Guarantees.

 If (a) the Company or any of the Company’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary (and, if the Merger has been consummated, such Subsidiary is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary and is neither a Designated Tower Entity nor an Immaterial Subsidiary) after the Restatement Date or (b) (1) prior to the
consummation of the Merger, any Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company) guarantees any Credit Facility of the Company after the Restatement Date or (2) after the consummation of the Merger, any Subsidiary of the Company guarantees any
Specified Issuer Indebtedness of the Company after the Restatement Date or (c) after the consummation of the Merger, Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent acquires or creates a Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns Equity Interests of the
Company, then the Company or Parent, as applicable, will cause that newly acquired or created Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or Subsidiary of Parent to execute a Note Guarantee in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, pursuant to a
supplemental indenture in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, and deliver an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee within 10 Business Days after the date on which it was acquired or created or guarantees such
Credit Facility or Specified Issuer Indebtedness, as applicable, or reasonably promptly thereafter. 

  
 75 

 Section 4.18    Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that
designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the
Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of
the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company in its discretion and (ii) any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of any Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiary being so designated will be
deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (or both, if applicable) at the time of such designation. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment and/or incurrence of Indebtedness would be
permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that
redesignation would not cause a Default. 
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be
evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding
conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed
to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under
Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following, and as a result of,
such designation. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may at any time and from time to time designate any Designated
Entity, by written notice to the Trustee, as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and any such Subsidiary shall upon such notice immediately be designated and deemed an Unrestricted Subsidiary, without any further action by the Company (and, for the
avoidance of doubt, shall not require delivery of a resolution of the Board of Directors or of an Officers’ Certificate) (each, a “Specified Unrestricted Subsidiary Designation”). The aggregate Fair Market Value of all
outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Designated Entities so designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries will, as calculated and to the extent permitted by clause (20) of the definition of Permitted
Investments, be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such Specified Unrestricted Subsidiary Designation under such clause (20), and not reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof. 

  
 76 

 Section 4.19    Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade

 If on any date following the Restatement Date: 

(1) the Notes are rated Investment Grade by two out of the three Rating Agencies; and 

(2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (other than with respect to Sections of this
Supplemental Indenture listed in the following list), 
 then, beginning on that day and subject to the provisions of the
following paragraph, the provisions of the following Sections of this Supplemental Indenture will be suspended (or, if the Merger has been consummated, such provisions will cease to apply and will not be later reinstated even if the ratings of the
Notes should subsequently decline): 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.18 and clause (3) (to the extent that a Default or Event of Default exists by reason of one or more of the Sections in this list) and (4) of Section 5.01. 

Prior to the consummation of the Merger, during any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Company’s Board of
Directors may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant Section 4.18 or the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, prior to the consummation of the Merger, the rating assigned by two of the three Rating Agencies should subsequently decline to below Investment Grade, the foregoing
covenants will be reinstituted as of and from the date of such rating decline and any actions taken, or omitted to be taken, before such rating decline that would have been prohibited had the foregoing covenants been in effect shall not form the
basis for a Default or an Event of Default. In the event of such a reinstatement, calculations under the reinstated Section 4.07 will be made as if Section 4.07 had been in effect since the date of this Supplemental Indenture except that
no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred solely by reason of a Restricted Payment made while Section 4.07 was suspended. 
 ARTICLE V. 
 SUCCESSORS 

Section 5.01    Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 

The Company shall not: (i) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving
corporation); or (ii) directly or indirectly sell, assign, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more
related transactions, to another Person, unless: 
 (1) either: 

(A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or 

  
 77 

 (B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state
of the United States or the District of Columbia; provided that if such Person is not a corporation, such Person immediately causes a Subsidiary that is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the
United States or the District of Columbia to be added as a co-issuer of the Notes under this Supplemental Indenture; 
 (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been
made shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on the Notes and the performance or
observance of every covenant of this Supplemental Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed; 
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
 (4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has
been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (a) be permitted to incur
at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof or (b) have a Debt to Cash Flow Ratio no greater than the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio of the Company immediately prior
to such transaction. 
 This Section 5.01 will not apply to, and the Company is expressly permitted under this
Section 5.01 to effect: 
 (1) a merger of the Company with a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Parent solely
for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction; or 
 (2) any consolidation or merger, or
any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Section 5.02    Successor Corporation Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or
into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, transfer, assignment, lease, 

  
 78 

 
conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this
Supplemental Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein. When the successor Person assumes all of the Company’s obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, the Company shall be discharged
from those obligations. 
 ARTICLE VI. 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section 6.01    Events of Default.

 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; 

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any,
on, the Notes; 
 (3) failure by the Company for 120 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with the provisions described under Section 4.03 hereof; 

(4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.10 or 4.15 (in each case other than a failure to purchase Notes that will constitute an
Event of Default under clause (2) of this Section 6.01) or 5.01 hereof; 
 (5) failure by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 90 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other
agreements in this Supplemental Indenture; 
 (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary) (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after
the date of this Supplemental Indenture, if that default: 

  
 79 

 (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if
any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under
which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates an amount equal to the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 0.5% of the Company’s Total Assets at such time (or, if the Merger has
been consummated, an amount equal to $100.0 million), or more, in each case for so long as such failure or acceleration is continuing; 
 (7) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay or
discharge final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 0.5% of the Company’s Total Assets at such time (or, if the Merger has been
consummated, in excess of $100.0 million) (to the extent not covered by insurance), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of such final judgment or decree during which a stay of
enforcement of such final judgment or decree, by reason of pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; 
 (8)
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of
Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case, 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 

(9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters a final order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

  
 80 

 (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 

(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
 and the
final order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 
 (10) except as permitted by this
Supplemental Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any such Guarantor, denies or
disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 Section 6.02    Acceleration. 

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable
immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and
payable immediately. 
 Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of
all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium, if any, that has become
due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
 Section 6.03    Other Remedies.

 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of
principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Supplemental Indenture. 
 If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Supplemental Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has
been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored severally and respectively to their
former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders will continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 

  
 81 

 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does
not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence
in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 In the case of any Event of Default
occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the
Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, an equivalent premium will also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. 

Section 6.04    Waiver of Past Defaults. 
 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event
of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided,
however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such
waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Supplemental Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair
any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05    Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Supplemental Indenture that the Trustee
determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 

Section 6.06    Limitation on Suits. 
 A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes only if: 
 (1) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

  
 82 

 (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder; 
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any cost, liability or expense to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 90 days after receipt of the request and the offer of
indemnity; and 
 (5) during such 90-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. 
 A Holder of a Note may not use this
Supplemental Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 

Section 6.07    Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal,
premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates,
shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08    Collection Suit by Trustee.

 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is
authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the
extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable and actual out-of-pocket compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
outside counsel. 
 Section 6.09    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable and actual out-of-pocket compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and outside counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial
proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and
any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, 

  
 83 

 
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such reasonably and
actual out-of-pocket compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and outside counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied
for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in
liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10    Priorities. 
 If the Trustee
collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or interest, upon presentation of the
Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 
 First: to the
Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any and interest, respectively; and 
 Third: to the Company or the Guarantors, as applicable, or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 Section 6.11    Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any
suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Supplemental Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the
suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of
the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of principal of or interest on any such Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note. 

  
 84 

 ARTICLE VII. 
 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01    Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Supplemental Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties as are specifically set out in this
Supplemental Indenture and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Supplemental Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon Officers’ Certificates or
Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture; however, in the case of any such Officers’ Certificates or Opinions of Counsel which by any provisions hereof are specifically
required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will examine such Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture. 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful
misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee will not be liable for and shall be protected pursuant to the
indemnification provisions in Section 7.07 hereof from, any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee will not be liable for and shall be protected pursuant to the indemnification provisions in
Section 7.07 hereof from, any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Supplemental Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this
Section 7.01. 
 (e) No provision of this Supplemental Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds
or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Supplemental Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 

  
 85 

 (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (g) The Paying Agent, the Registrar and any authenticating agent will be entitled to the protections, immunities and standard of care as are set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this
Section 7.01 with respect to the Trustee. 
 Section 7.02    Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper
Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains
from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good
faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Supplemental Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Supplemental Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 

(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Supplemental Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or
direction. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default, except a Default under
Sections 6.01(1) or 6.01(2), unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer at Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from either of the Company or the Holders of 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and such notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture and, in the absence of any such notice, the Trustee may conclusively assume that no
such Default or Event of Default exists. 

  
 86 

 (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive
or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(j) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 (k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of
officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture. 

Section 7.03    Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if
it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest when a Default is continuing it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days of the date such conflict arises, apply to the SEC for permission to continue
as trustee (if this Supplemental Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 

Section 7.04    Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of
the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent
other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture other than its
certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05    Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall
send to Holders of Notes in the manner and to the extent provided in subsection (c) of TIA § 77mmm, notice of the Default or Event of Default within 120 days after the occurrence thereof; provided, that this Supplemental Indenture
shall automatically be deemed to provide that, except in the case of default in the payment of 

  
 87 

 
principal of or interest or premium, if any, on any Notes, the Trustee shall be protected pursuant to the indemnification provisions in Section 7.07 hereof in withholding such notice if and
so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders. 
 Section 7.06    Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
 (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Supplemental Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will send to the
Holders, as their names and addresses appear on the register kept by the Registrar, a brief report dated as of such reporting date in accordance with, and to the extent required under, TIA § 77mmm(a). 

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its being sent to the Holders of Notes will be sent by the Trustee to the Company and filed by
the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 77mmm(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07    Compensation and Indemnity. 
 (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Supplemental Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be
limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable and actual out-of-pocket disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to
the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable and actual out-of-pocket compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and outside counsel. 

(b) The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising
out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Supplemental Indenture, including the reasonable and actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses of enforcing this Supplemental Indenture against the Company and the
Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers
or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity; provided, that the
failure by the Trustee to deliver such notice shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by such failure or such failure results in the forfeiture of substantive rights and
defenses. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have one separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor
any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent. 
 (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors
under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture. 

  
 88 

 (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this
Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction or
discharge of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy
Law. 
 (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 77mmm(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

Section 7.08    Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this
Section 7.08. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so
notifying the Company at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in
writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the
Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly
appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed
by the Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

  
 89 

 (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Supplemental Indenture. The successor
Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided that, unless the Trustee is in default of its obligations hereunder,
all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under
Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09    Successor Trustee
by Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its
corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 

Section 7.10    Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws
to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition. 
 This Supplemental Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 77jjj(a)(1),
(2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 77jjj(b). 
 Section 7.11    Preferential Collection of
Claims Against Company. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 77kkk(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA
§ 77kkk(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 77kkk(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

Section 7.12    Force Majeure. 
 In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces that are not
foreseen and which are beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or
malfunctions of utilities; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

  
 90 

 ARTICLE VIII. 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.01    Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate,
elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02    Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each
of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date
the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Supplemental Indenture referred to
in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Supplemental Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in
Section 8.04 hereof; 
 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and
Section 4.02 hereof; 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and
the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (4) this Article 8.

 Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding
the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03    Covenant Defeasance.

 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the
Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12,
4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after 

  
 91 

 
the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not
“outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other
purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the
Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by
reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the
remainder of this Supplemental Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(9) (in the case of Sections 6.01(8) and 6.01(9), only with respect to the Company’s Subsidiaries) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

 Section 8.04    Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars,
non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for
payment or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the
Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that: 
 (A) the Company has received from,
or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (B) since the date of this
Supplemental Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect
that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S.
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

  
 92 

 (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company
must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S.
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds, or the imposition of
Liens in connection therewith, to be applied to such deposit, or a Default or Event of Default that will be cured by such Covenant Defeasance or Legal Defeasance) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, any material instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Supplemental Indenture)
to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors
of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; 
 (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance
have been complied with; and 
 (8) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion
of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions), stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (2), (3) and (5) of this Section 8.04, as applicable, have been complied with;
provided that the Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (5) of this Section 8.04 may be to the knowledge of such counsel. 

Section 8.05    Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof)
deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by
the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of
such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

  
 93 

 The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed
on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the
account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will
deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the written request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment
bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that
would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. This provision shall not authorize the sale by the Trustee of any Government Securities held under this Supplemental Indenture. 

Section 8.06    Repayment to Company. 
 Subject to applicable state unclaimed property laws, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such
trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee
thereof, will thereupon cease. 
 Section 8.07    Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’
obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following
the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 94 

 ARTICLE IX. 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01    Without
Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors
and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of Notes: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
 (2) to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
 (3) to provide for the
assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof; 

(4) to effect the release of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee and the termination of such Note Guarantee, all in
accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture governing such release and termination; 
 (5) to
add any Subsidiary Guarantee or to secure the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; 
 (6) to make any change that
would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder; 
 (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Supplemental Indenture under the TIA; 

(8) to conform the text of this Supplemental Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the
“Description of notes” section of the Company’s Prospectus Supplement, dated September 7, 2010, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of notes” was
intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Supplemental Indenture, the Note Guarantees, or the Notes, in each case, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate; 

(9) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Supplemental
Indenture as of the date hereof; or 
 (10) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplement to the Supplemental
Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes. 
 Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a
resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join

  
 95 

 
with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Supplemental Indenture and to make any further
appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Supplemental Indenture or
otherwise. 
 Section 9.02    With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Supplemental
Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including,
without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07
hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been
rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including,
without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine
which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the
Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of
Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or
supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Supplemental Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or
supplemental indenture. 
 It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will send or cause to be sent to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the
amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to send such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and
6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes
or the Note Guarantees. However, without 

  
 96 

 
the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver (including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04) under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by
a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the
provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof); 
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 
 (6) make any change in the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if
any, on, the Notes; 
 (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by
Sections 3.09, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof); 
 (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note
Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture; or 

(9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions. 

Section 9.03    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

Every amendment or supplement to this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that
complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04    Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of
a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of
a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before 11:59 p.m. New York City Time on the Business Day immediately prior to the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 

  
 97 

 Section 9.05    Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company
in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.06    Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture,
the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture. 

ARTICLE X. 

NOTE GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01    Guarantee. 
 (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and
its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 

(1) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at
maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be
promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
 (2) in case of
any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise. 

  
 98 

 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for
whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Supplemental Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the
Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims
with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by
complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture. 
 (c) If any Holder or the
Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the
Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of
the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the
purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee. 

Section 10.02    Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note
Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to
any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such
maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

  
 99 

 Section 10.03    Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Supplemental Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one
of its Officers. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in
full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 If an Officer
whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee
set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 In the event that (a) the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Supplemental Indenture or (b) any Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Company) Guarantees any Credit Facility of the Company after the date
of this Supplemental Indenture, if required by Section 4.17 hereof, the Company or Parent, as applicable will cause such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or Subsidiary of Parent to comply with the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof and this
Article 10, to the extent applicable. 
 Section 10.04    Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

 Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor (other than Parent) may sell or otherwise dispose
of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 

(1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(2) either: 
 (A) subject to Section 10.05 hereof and if it is not already a Guarantor, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture and its Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee; or 

  
 100

 (B) such sale or other disposition complies with the “Asset Sale”
provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Proceeds as is or is required to be applied on or before the date of such release in accordance
with the terms hereof needs to be so applied). 
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the
assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants
and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person
thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued
will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Supplemental Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees
had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
 Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding
clauses 2(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Supplemental Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of
the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 

Section 10.05    Releases. 
 (a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of Capital Stock
of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of
merger, consolidation or otherwise, of Capital Stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved
of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that such sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof and, in the case of a sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of such Guarantor, such Guarantor ceases to
be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such sale or other disposition. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was
made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor
from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 

  
 101

 (b) Upon designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the
terms of this Supplemental Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 

(c) Upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture in accordance
with Article 11 hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (d) Upon
the liquidation or dissolution of any Guarantor, provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for
the full amount of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 

ARTICLE XI. 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 11.01    Satisfaction and Discharge. 
 This Supplemental Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 

(1) either: 
 (A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter
repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (B) all Notes that have not
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the sending of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or
caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration
of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds, or the imposition of any Liens in connection therewith, to be applied to such deposit, or a Default or Event of Default that will be cured by such discharge); 

  
 102

 (3) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute
a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Supplemental Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 

(4) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Supplemental Indenture;
and 
 (5) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Supplemental Indenture to
apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In
addition, the Company must deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officers’ Certificate, stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) through (5) above have been satisfied, and (b) an Opinion of Counsel (which
Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and qualifications), stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (3) and (5) above have been satisfied; provided that the Opinion of Counsel with respect to
clause (3) above may be to the knowledge of such counsel. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this
Supplemental Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this
Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 Section 11.02    Application of Trust Money. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own
Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any
Guarantor’s obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held
by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 103

 ARTICLE XII. 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 12.01    Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §
77rrr(c), the imposed duties will control. 
 Section 12.02    Notices. 

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person
or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or any electronic means Trustee and the Company agree to accept, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 
 MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. 
 2250 Lakeside Boulevard 

Richardson, Texas 75082 
 Facsimile No.: (866) 685-9618 
 Attention: Executive Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary 
 With a copy to: 
 Gibson Dunn & Crutcher LLP 
 200 Park Avenue 

New York, New York 10166 
 Facsimile No.: (212) 351-5276 
 Attention: Joerg H. Esdorn, Esq. 

If to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 
 Corporate Trust Services 

MAC N9311-110 

625 Marquette Avenue 
 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 
 Facsimile No.: (612) 667-9825 

Attention: MetroPCS Account Manager 
 The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally
delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery. 

  
 104

 Any notice or communication to a Holder will be sent electronically or mailed by first class
mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person
described in TIA § 77mmm(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to send or mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given,
whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Company sends a notice or communication to Holders, it will send a copy to
the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 Section 12.03    Communication by Holders of Notes with Other
Holders of Notes. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 77lll(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights
under this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes. The Trustee shall follow the provisions of and have the protections of TIA § 77lll. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 77lll(c).

 Section 12.04    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Supplemental Indenture, the Company shall
furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Supplemental Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been satisfied; and 
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 12.05    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Supplemental Indenture (other
than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 77nnn(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 77nnn(e) and must include: 
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

  
 105

 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a
statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been
complied with. 
 Section 12.06    Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07    No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers,
Employees and Stockholders. 
 No past, present or future director, officer, member, manager, partner, employee, incorporator
or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Supplemental Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

Section 12.08    Governing Law. 
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF
LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

Section 12.09    Waiver of Jury Trial. 
 EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 
 Section 12.10    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements or of
Alternative Provisions. 
 This Supplemental Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt
agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Supplemental Indenture. In the case of provisions in this Supplemental Indenture that provide for
alternatives based on whether or not the Merger, or the Transactions (or any of them) have been consummated, the alternative that is applicable if the Merger or such Transactions have been consummated may not be used to interpret the alternative
that is applicable otherwise, and vice versa. 

  
 106

 Section 12.11    Successors. 

All agreements of the Company in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this
Supplemental Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof. 

Section 12.12    Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 12.13    Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together
represent the same agreement. 
 Section 12.14    Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted
for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 12.15    U.S.A. Patriot Act. 
 The parties
hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Supplemental Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request
in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. 
 Section 12.16    Beneficiaries of
this Supplemental Indenture. 
 Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to
any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Holders of the Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Supplemental Indenture. 

[Signatures on following page] 

  
 107

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Roger D. Linquist

		 	Name: Roger D. Linquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	 METROPCS AWS, LLC

METROPCS CALIFORNIA, LLC
 METROPCS
COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 METROPCS FLORIDA, LLC
 METROPCS GEORGIA, LLC
 METROPCS, INC.
 METROPCS MASSACHUSETTS, LLC
 METROPCS MICHIGAN, INC.

METROPCS NEVADA, LLC
 METROPCS NEW YORK,
LLC
 METROPCS PENNSYLVANIA, LLC

METROPCS TEXAS, LLC
 METROPCS 700 MHz,
LLC
 METROPCS NETWORKS, LLC
 METROPCS
NETWORKS CALIFORNIA, LLC
 METROPCS NETWORKS FLORIDA, LLC

  

			
	By:	 	 /s/ Roger D. Linquist

		 	Name: Roger D. Linquist
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer

  

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lynn M. Steiner

		 	Name: Lynn M. Steiner
		 	Title: Vice President

  
 108

 Exhibit A 
 [Face of Note] 

CUSIP                    

ISIN                      
   
 77/8% Senior Notes due 2018 
  

	 No.                     
	$                     

METROPCS WIRELESS, INC. 

promises to pay to [                    ] or
registered assigns, 
 the principal sum of
                                      DOLLARS on
                    , 20     . 
 Interest Payment Dates: March 1 and September 1 
 Record Dates: February 15 and
August 15 
 Dated:
                    , 20       

 

			
	METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
		
	By:	 	
                    
 

		 	Name:                     
		 	Title:                     

 This is one of the Notes referred to 
 in the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture: 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., 

   as Trustee 
  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	 Authorized Signatory

  
 A-1

 [Back of Note] 
 77/8% Senior Notes due 2018 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the
provisions of the Supplemental Indenture] 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental Indenture
referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 (1) INTEREST. MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.875% per annum from                    ,
20         until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business
Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no
existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date;
provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall
be                     , 20         . Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months. If an Interest Payment Date or the maturity date falls on a day that is not a business day, the related payment of principal or interest will be made on the next succeeding business day as if made on the date the payment was
due, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
 (2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on
the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 15 or August 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record
date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or
agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the books and records of the
Registrar; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire
transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, has arranged for
its agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., to act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

(4) SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under a Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 21, 2010 (the
“Supplemental Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the 

  
 A-2

 
Supplemental Indenture and those made part of the Supplemental Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture
and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are
unsecured obligations of the Company. The Supplemental Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 
 (5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
 (a) On or after September 1, 2014, the
Company will have the option to redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 (or such shorter period as may be permitted by the eligibility rules of the Depositary) nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed
as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of the years indicated
below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such redemption date: 

 

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2014
	  	 	103.938	% 
	 2015
	  	 	101.969	% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 At any time prior to September 1,
2014, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 (or such shorter period as may be permitted by the eligibility rules of the Depositary) nor more than 60 days prior notice sent electronically or mailed by
first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable date of
redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such date of redemption. 

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to September 1, 2013, the Company
may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Supplemental Indenture at a redemption price of 107.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or contributions to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent; provided that at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Supplemental Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and that such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such sale of Equity Interests by the Company or the date of contribution to the Company’s common equity capital
made with net cash proceeds of one or more sales of Equity Interests by Parent. 

  
 A-3

 (6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 

The Company is not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

(7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. 
 (a) If there is a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of
Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date for periods prior to such repurchase date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering
Event, the Company will send a notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions and identify the ratings decline that together constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and setting forth the procedures
governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Supplemental Indenture. 
 (b) If the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within twenty days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million (or, if the Merger has been consummated, $100.0 million), the Company shall apply the
entire aggregate amount of unutilized Excess Proceeds (not only the amount in excess of $20.0 million (or, if the Merger has been consummated, $100.0 million)) to make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all
holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to
Section 3.09 of the Supplemental Indenture to purchase or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds
at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased or redeemed with Excess Proceeds thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Supplemental Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset
Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Supplemental Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari
passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Company shall select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased or redeemed on a pro
rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 

  
 A-4

 (8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be sent electronically or mailed
by first-class mail at least 30 days (or such shorter period as may be permitted by the eligibility rules of the Depositary) but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed, except that redemption
notices may be sent or mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Supplemental Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000
may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. 

(9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and
transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer or exchange of any Note or portion of a Note
selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes (i) for a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days immediately
preceding the sending of notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day such notice is sent or (ii) during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

 (10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

(11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes or the Note
Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or
Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including
Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide
for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees in case of a merger or consolidation, to
effect the release of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee and the termination of such Note Guarantee (all accordance with the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture governing such release and termination), to add any Subsidiary Guarantee or to
secure the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder,
to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Supplemental Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of
notes” section of the Company’s Prospectus Supplement, dated September 7, 2010, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of notes” was intended to be a

  
 A-5

 
verbatim recitation of a provision of the Supplemental Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes, in each case as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, to provide for the issuance of
Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Supplemental Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Supplemental Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes. 

(12) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the
Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes, (iii) failure the Company for 120 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with the provisions described in Section 4.03 of the Supplemental Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with Section 4.10 or 4.15 (in each case
other than a failure to purchase Notes that will constitute an Event of Default under clause (ii)) or 5.01 of the Supplemental Indenture; (v) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 90 days after notice to the Company
by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the Supplemental Indenture or the Note; (vi) default under certain
other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company which default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, for so long as such default or acceleration is continuing; (vii) certain final judgments for
the payment of money aggregating in excess of the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 0.5% of the Company’s Total Assets at such time (or, if the Merger has been consummated, in excess of $100.0 million) (to the extent not covered by
insurance) that remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days, (viii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and (ix) except as permitted by the Supplemental Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases
for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on its behalf denies or disaffirms its obligations under such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will
become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of
Default relating to the payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes) so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the 

  
 A-6

 
Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal,
interest or premium, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Supplemental Indenture, and the
Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
 (13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the
Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
 (14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present
or future director, officer, member, manager, partner, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Supplemental
Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
 (15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by
the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be
used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform
Gifts to Minors Act). 
 (17) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 (18) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 MetroPCS Communications, Inc. 
 2250 Lakeside Blvd. 

  
 A-7

 Richardson, Texas 75082 
 Attention: Vice President and Treasurer 
 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	 	                             
                                         
                      

 (Insert assignee’s legal name) 

 

	
	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	    
	
	    
	
	    
	
	    
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 and irrevocably appoint
                                         
                                         
                                         
                  to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

Date:                     

Your Signature:
                                         
                                         
                       
 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 
 Signature
Guarantee*:                                       
                                         
             
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-8

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 

 ̈ Section 4.10
                                         
                    ̈ Section 4.15 
 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Supplemental Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                    

Date:                        
     
 Your Signature
                                         
                                         
                   
 (Sign exactly as
your name appears on the face of this Note) 
 Tax Identification No.:
                                         
                                         
       
 Signature Guarantee*:
                                         
                                         
                                       

 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-9

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another
Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease (or
increase)	  	Signature of
authorized
officer of Trustee
or Custodian

 

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-10

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE 
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term
includes any successor Person under the Supplemental Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally and absolutely guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Supplemental Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Supplemental Indenture,
dated as of September 21, 2010 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (the
“Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue
principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture and (b) in case
of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Supplemental Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Supplemental Indenture and reference
is hereby made to the Supplemental Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. 
 Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Supplemental Indenture. 
  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]
		
	By:	 	                             
                                         
                         
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 B-1

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
            , 200    , among             (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a
                            of
                            (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Supplemental Indenture referred to herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee under the Supplemental Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

 W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee a Supplemental Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of September 21, 2010, providing for the
issuance of 7 7/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Supplemental Indenture provides that
under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the
Notes and the Supplemental Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental
Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental Indenture. 

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Supplemental Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 
 3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, member, manager, partner, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any
liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Supplemental Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations
or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

  
 C-1

 4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE
USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all
of them together represent the same agreement. 
 6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only
and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever
for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 Dated:
                    , 20__ 
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	                             
                                         
                         
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
		
	By:	 	                             
                                         
                         
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	                             
                                         
                         
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	                             
                                         
                         
		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 C-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00210-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00210-of-00352.parquet"}]]